WO2013086131A1 - Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza a - Google Patents

Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza a Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013086131A1
WO2013086131A1 PCT/US2012/068163 US2012068163W WO2013086131A1 WO 2013086131 A1 WO2013086131 A1 WO 2013086131A1 US 2012068163 W US2012068163 W US 2012068163W WO 2013086131 A1 WO2013086131 A1 WO 2013086131A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
adamantan
data
general procedure
methyl
amine
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2012/068163
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
William F. Degrado
Jizhou Wang
Jun Wang
Hyunil JO
Belgin CANTURK
Original Assignee
The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania filed Critical The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania
Priority to US14/363,116 priority Critical patent/US9884832B2/en
Publication of WO2013086131A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013086131A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/12Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/14Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/08Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D273/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D261/00 - C07D271/00
    • C07D273/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D261/00 - C07D271/00 having two nitrogen atoms and only one oxygen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/52Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates, in part, to methods of treatment, prevention, and inhibition of viral disorders.
  • the present invention relates to inhibition of the M2 proton channel of influenza viruses (e.g., influenza A virus and/or influenza B virus) and other similar viroporins (e.g., VP24 of Ebola and Marburg viruses; and NS3 protein of Bluetongue).
  • influenza viruses e.g., influenza A virus and/or influenza B virus
  • other similar viroporins e.g., VP24 of Ebola and Marburg viruses; and NS3 protein of Bluetongue.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds which have been shown to possess antiviral activity, in particular, inhibiting the M2 proton channel (e.g., wild type and/or drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN or V27A influenza or other drug-resistant influenza strains) of influenza viruses and other similar viroporins.
  • M2 proton channel e.g., wild type and/or drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN
  • Viroporins are a growing class of membrane proteins that are important for viral replication and packaging. These proteins also affect cellular functions, including the cell vesicle system, glycoprotein trafficking and membrane permeability (Gonzalez et al., FEBS Lett., 2003, 552, 28-34).
  • the M2 proton channel is a prototype for this class of proteins that is essential to the survival of the virus ⁇ Lamb et al., Wimmer E, editor, Receptor-Mediated Virus Entry into Cells, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1994, p. 303-321).
  • Viroporins are essential components of a variety of viruses including Ebola, Marburg, Bluetongue, African horse sickness, foot and mouth disease, and Japanese encephalitis viruses.
  • Ebola and Marburg viruses pose a particularly serious threat to human health and are classified as category A biowarfare agents by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) (Khan et al., MMWR, 2000, 49, RR-4, 1-14).
  • VP24 from Ebola and Marburg viruses is an integral membrane protein that possesses viroporin activity similar to the M2 protein (Han et al., J. Virology, 2003, 77(3), 793-800).
  • NS3 protein of Bluetongue is a viroporin that is critical for virus release (Han et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2004, 279, 41, 43092-43097).
  • CDC Center for Disease Control
  • Influenza viruses infect the upper and lower respiratory tracts and cause substantial morbidity and mortality annually.
  • Influenza A viruses which also infect a wide number of avian and mammalian species, pose a considerable public health burden with epidemic and pandemic potential. Influenza together with complications of the virus is consistently among the top 10 common causes of death, ranking higher than some other much more widely publicized killers, such as the HIV virus that causes AIDS. It is estimated that in annual influenza epidemics, 5-15% of the world's population contracts influenza, resulting in an estimated 3-5 million cases of severe illness and 250,000 to 500,000 deaths around the world from influenza-associated complications. In the U.S., 10%-20% of the population is infected with the flu every year, with an average 0.1% mortality.
  • the flu causes 36,000 deaths each year in the U.S., and 114,000 hospitalizations.
  • the cost of influenza epidemics to the U.S. economy is estimated at $3-15 billion.
  • the "Asian" flu pandemic of 1957 resulted in the deaths of approximately 69,800 people in the United States and 2.0 to 7.4 million worldwide.
  • the H1N1 swine flu pandemic in 2009 has caused about 3,000 deaths worldwide to date.
  • Tamiflu which targets neuraminidase protein
  • oseltamivir is the only remaining orally administered anti-flu drug on the market and resistance to the drug is increasing with oseltamivir-resistant viruses arising during clinical use of the drug in children
  • Oseltamivir has been used for treatment of infected individuals and although it is FDA-approved for prophylaxis its usefulness for prophylactic treatment has been questioned in a recent systematic analysis of data from 51 controlled trials (Jefferson et al., Lancet, 2006, 367, 303-13).
  • additional agents that inhibit the M2 proton channel and its drug-resistant forms, and in particular the most prevalent mutant form, S3 IN, but also in others including L26, V27, A30, and G34.
  • Influenza A and B viruses each encode a small oligomeric integral membrane protein, M2 of influenza A virus and BM2 of influenza B virus, each of which is a proton- selective ion channel.
  • the M2 protein plays an important role during the early and late stages of the viral life cycle.
  • the virus enters cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis, which places the virus into endosomal vesicles.
  • Proton-pumping ATP-ases in the endosomal membrane lower the internal pH, which triggers the fusion of the viral envelope with the endosomal membrane and the release of the viral RNA into the cytoplasm.
  • the RNA remains encapsulated by a matrix protein known as Ml (Ito et al., J. Virol., 1981, 65, 5491-8).
  • Ml matrix protein
  • the M2 protein provides a conduit for passage of protons into the interior of the virus, thereby promoting the dissociation of RNA from its matrix protein. This is a crucial step in uncoating of the virus and exposing its content to the cytoplasm of the host cell.
  • M2 an excellent target for an anti-influenza drug. It is essential and present in all known isolates of influenza A virus, and it is already validated as a drug target. Although a variety of mutations occur naturally and can be isolated in cell culture, one mutant in particular, S3 IN, predominates in more than 98% of the transmissible resistant viral strains isolated from patients in the last decade (Bright et al, Lancet, 2005, 366, 1175- 1181). [0010] Thus, there is a great need for additional compositions and methods of treatment based on the use of antiviral compounds against key viral pathogens and, optionally, less prone to the development of resistance by those pathogens.
  • compositions and methods of treatment based on the use of antiviral compounds that are effective in the treatment of viral pathogens that have already developed resistance to existing antiviral agents.
  • compositions and methods for the treatment of viral infections such as influenza, Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis (including the strains that have already developed resistance to existing antiviral agents).
  • the present invention is directed to these and other important ends
  • the present invention provides, in part, compounds according to formula (la):
  • variable groups are as defined herein.
  • variable groups are as defined herein.
  • the present invention is also directed to methods for treating a viral infection, such as influenza (e.g., wild-type influenza, such as wild-type influenza A or B, or one or more mutant varieties of influenza such as S3 IN influenza), Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis, in a patient (including a human or an animal) comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising a compound of Formula (la), (la'), or (lb) as defined herein.
  • influenza e.g., wild-type influenza, such as wild-type influenza A or B, or one or more mutant varieties of influenza such as S3 IN influenza
  • Ebola Marburg
  • bluetongue Marburg
  • foot and mouth disease African horse sickness
  • Japanese encephalitis e.g., African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis
  • compositions comprising a compound according to Formula (la), (la'), or (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically substituted analogue, or stereoisomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • compound used interchangeably herein to refer to a compound or compounds or composition of matter which, when administered to a subject (human or animal) induces a desired pharmacological and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action.
  • alkyl refers to an optionally substituted, saturated straight, or branched, hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein).
  • alkyl can mean “alkylene”; for example, if X is -R 1 R 2 , and Ri is said to be “alkyl”, then “alkyl” may correctly be interpreted to mean “alkylene”.
  • amino refers to -NH 2 and may include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen. "Amino” is used interchangeably with amine and is also intended to include any pharmaceutically acceptable amine salts. For example, amino may refer to -NH + (X)(Y)C1 ⁇ , wherein X and Y are preferably and independently hydrogen or alkyl, wherein alkyl may include one or more halo substitutions.
  • aryl each refer to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated, monocyclic, polycyclic, or other homo-, carbo- or heterocyclic aromatic ring system having from about 3 to about 50 ring members (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 5 to about 10 ring atom members being preferred.
  • moieties encompass (include) “heteroaryl” and “heteroarene” as defined infra.
  • aryl can mean “arene”; for example, if X is -RiR 2 , and Ri is said to be “aryl”, then “aryl” may correctly be interpreted to mean “arene”.
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl radical having from about 2 to about 20 carbon atoms and one or more double bonds (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), wherein alkyl is as previously defined. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the alkenyl groups have from about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups may be optionally substituted.
  • aralkyl refers to alkyl radicals bearing one or more aryl substituents and having from about 4 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), wherein aryl and alkyl are as previously defined.
  • the alkyl moieties of the aralkyl groups have from about 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. In other preferred embodiments, the alkyl moieties have from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
  • Aralkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
  • Alkylamino signifies alkyl-(NH)-, wherein alkyl is as previously described and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino.
  • Arylamino represents aryl-(NH)-, wherein aryl is as defined herein and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino.
  • aralkylamino is used to denote aralkyl-(NH)-, wherein aralkyl is as previously defined and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino.
  • Alkoxy refers to the group R-O- where R is an alkyl group, and alkyl is as previously described.
  • Alkoxy stands for R-O-, wherein R is an aralkyl group as previously defined.
  • Alkylsulfonyl means alkyl-S0 2 - , wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
  • Aminooxy refers to the group amino-(O)-, wherein amino is defined as above.
  • Alkylaminooxy as used herein is used to denote aryl-akyl-aminooxy-, wherein aryl, alkyl, and aminooxy are respectively defined as provided previously.
  • alkylene refers to an optionally branched or substituted bivalent alkyl radical having the general formula -(CH 2 ) n -, where n is 1 to 10.
  • Non-limiting examples include methylene, trimethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene.
  • Alkyleneamino refers to -(CH 2 ) n -NH-, where n is 1 to 10 and wherein the bivalent alkyl radical may be optionally branched or substituted, and the amino group may include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen.
  • heteroaryl or “heteroarene” refers to an aryl radical wherein in at least one of the rings, one or more of the carbon atom ring members is independently replaced by a heteroatom group selected from the group consisting of S, O, N, and NH, wherein aryl is as previously defined.
  • Heteroaryl / heteroarene groups having a total of from about 3 to about 14 carbon atom ring members and heteroatom ring members are preferred.
  • a “heterocyclic ring” is an aryl radical wherein one or more of the carbon atom ring members may be (but are not necessarily) independently replaced by a heteroatom group selected from the group consisting of S, O, N, and NH. Heterocyclic rings having a total from about 3 to 14 ring members and heteroatom ring members are preferred, but not necessarily present; for example, “heterocyclohexyl” may be a six-membered aryl radical with or without a heteroatom group.
  • Halo and halogen each refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo moiety, with fluoro, chloro, or bromo being preferred.
  • Haloalkyl signifies halo-alkyl- wherein alkyl and halo, respectively, are as previously described.
  • substituted chemical moieties include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen.
  • treatment includes preventative (e.g., prophylactic), curative or palliative treatment.
  • the term "effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages, and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired result with respect to the treatment of the relevant disorder, condition, or side effect. It will be appreciated that the effective amount of components of the present invention will vary from patient to patient not only with the particular compound, component or composition selected, the route of administration, and the ability of the components to elicit a desired response in the individual, but also with factors such as the disease state or severity of the condition to be alleviated, hormone levels, age, sex, weight of the individual, the state of being of the patient, and the severity of the pathological condition being treated, concurrent medication or special diets then being followed by the particular patient, and other factors which those skilled in the art will recognize, with the appropriate dosage ultimately being at the discretion of the attendant physician.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the improved therapeutic response.
  • An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the components are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • the compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are administered at a dosage and for a time such that the level of activation and adhesion activity of platelets is reduced as compared to the level of activity before the start of treatment.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the disclosed compounds may be prepared in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2- acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like
  • organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic
  • physiologically acceptable salts are prepared by methods known in the art, e.g., by dissolving the free amine bases with an excess of the acid in aqueous alcohol, or neutralizing a free carboxylic acid with an alkali metal base such as a hydroxide, or with an amine.
  • Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in art that compounds containing both amino and carboxy groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxy groups, also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
  • Hydrophilrate refers to a compound of the present invention which is associated with water in the molecular form, i.e., in which the H-OH bond is not split, and may be represented, for example, by the formula R H 2 0, where R is a compound of the invention.
  • solvent refers to a compound of the present invention which is associated with solvent in the molecular form, i.e., in which the solvent is coordinatively bound, and may be represented, for example, by the formula R- (solvent), where R is a compound of the invention.
  • Solvents herein include mixed solvents, for example, methanol/water, and as such, the solvates may incorporate one or more solvents within the solvate.
  • Acid hydrate refers to a complex that may be formed through association of a compound having one or more base moieties with at least one compound having one or more acid moieties or through association of a compound having one or more acid moieties with at least one compound having one or more base moieties, said complex being further associated with water molecules so as to form a hydrate, wherein said hydrate is as previously defined and R represents the complex herein described above.
  • stereoisomers refers to compounds that have identical chemical constitution, but differ as regards the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • partial stereoisomer refers to stereoisomers having two or more chiral centers wherein at least one of the chiral centers has defined stereochemistry (i.e., R or S) and at least one has undefined stereochemistry (i.e., R or S).
  • R or S defined stereochemistry
  • R or S undefined stereochemistry
  • stereoisomer has three chiral centers and the stereochemical configuration of the first center is defined as having "S" stereochemistry
  • the term "or partial stereoisomer thereof refers to stereoisomers having SRR, SRS, SSR, or SSS configurations at the three chiral centers, and mixtures thereof.
  • An "isotopically substituted analogue” is a compound of the present disclosure in which one or more atoms have been replaced with an isotope of that atom.
  • hydrogen proto be substituted with deuterium or tritium.
  • Other atoms that may be replaced with an isotope thereof in order to form an isotopically substituted analogue thereof include, for example, carbon (replaced with C 13 ), nitrogen (replaced with N 15 ), iodine (replaced
  • Prodrug refers to compounds which are themselves inactive or minimally active for the activity desired, but through biotransformation can be converted into biologically active metabolites.
  • a prodrug of the present invention would include, inter alia, any compound which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means to a compound claimed or described in the present disclosure.
  • N-oxide refers to compounds wherein the basic nitrogen atom of either a heteroaromatic ring or tertiary amine is oxidized to give a quaternary nitrogen bearing a positive formal charge and an attached oxygen atom bearing a negative formal charge.
  • Dosage unit refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the particular individual to be treated. Each unit may contain a predetermined quantity of active compound(s) calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect(s) in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention may be dictated by (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound(s) and the particular therapeutic effect(s) to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such active compound(s).
  • Subject refers to an embryonic, immature, or adult animal, including the human species, that is treatable with the compositions, and/or methods of the present invention.
  • adamantane variants are effective for inhibiting the respective viroporins of various virus species, including virus species in which a mutation of the viroporin and/or associated structures is present.
  • inhibiting refers to the reduction of the viroporin' s ability to function in a manner that is most consistent with the vitality of the virus of which the viroporin is a component.
  • A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position Zi;
  • R 2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
  • R 3 is -(X)(Y);
  • R4 is -(R 5 )(R6), halo, or is absent;
  • R 5 is nitrogen or oxygen
  • Re is hydrogen or -(R 7 )(R 8 )
  • R 7 is alkylene, -CH(R 7a )-, -(CH 2 ) 0 - 6 CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R 5 and Rg; R 7a is alkyl;
  • Rg is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes more heteroatoms
  • R9 is -(Rio)(Rii) or is absent
  • Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF 3 , or alkylene
  • R 11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent
  • Ri 2 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl
  • D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
  • E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
  • X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
  • Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms
  • Z 2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Zi and Z 8 ;
  • Z 3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z 8 and Z 9 ;
  • Z 4 , Z 5 , and Z 6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
  • Y is not unsubstituted phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, pyrrolyl, or benzodioxolyl;
  • Y is mono-substituted furanyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro;
  • Y is mono-substituted phenyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, unsubstituted phenyl, methoxybenzyloxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro;
  • A is a bond
  • Ri is absent
  • X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-
  • Y is a carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkoxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, aryl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, alkylsilanyl, alkylsulfanyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, and hydroxyalkyl.
  • Y may be substituted with aryl, aryloxy, or aralkoxy, in which the aryl moiety of the aryl, aryloxy, or aralkoxy is optionally substituted phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, naphthyl.
  • A is a bond
  • Ri is absent
  • X is alkylene or - CH(Q)-
  • Y is an unsubstituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • Y may be, for example, Y is a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered carbocyclic ring; a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered heterocyclic ring; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered carbocyclic rings; or, a single three- to seven-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring.
  • Y may be represented by the structure
  • Y is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; an unsaturated, partly- saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene, pyrrole, furan, imidazole, thiazole, or oxazole ring, an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated furan ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly- saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring; an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully- saturated pyrrole ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring; an uns
  • Y when Y is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring, or is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring, Y may be, for example, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thiopheneyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
  • A is a bond
  • Ri is absent
  • X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-
  • Y is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • Y may be, for example, a single three- to seven-membered heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a pair of ortho-fused six-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a six-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho- fused with a six-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-
  • the substituents may independently be, for example, oxo, hydroxyl, halo, nitro, alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfanyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, trifluoromethylsulfanyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, di-alkylamino, alkoxycarbonylalkyl(alkyl)amino, aryl, or aralkyl.
  • Y may be represented by the structure
  • R represents a substitution, or any heterocyclic analog of which that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur at any of the positions labeled a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i in the structures above.
  • each R may independently be oxo, hydroxyl, halo, nitro, alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfanyl, trifluoromethylsulfanyl, cyano, amino, or aryl.
  • Y may be, for example, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thiopheneyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, each with at least one substitution.
  • the substitutions on Y when it is a single ring may be, for example, halo, thiopheneyl,
  • A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R9 is -(Rio)(Rn).
  • A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R 4 is -(R 5 )(R 6 ).
  • A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R 2 is -(D)(E).
  • A is a bond
  • Ri is absent
  • X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-
  • Z 7 is alkylene that is substituted with alkyl, hydroxyl, or halo.
  • A is a bond
  • Ri is absent
  • X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-
  • Z 7 is alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is replaced with N, O, or S.
  • A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and one or more of Z 2 -Z 7 is N, O, or S.
  • A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkenylene or alkynylene, and Y is optionally substituted aryl.
  • Exemplary compounds according to formula (la) include:
  • Ri is hydrogen
  • R 3 is alkyl
  • R 4 is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system
  • R 4 is a substituted monocyclic ring.
  • R 4 may be a five- or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring bearing one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkylsulfanyl, cycloalkyl, and aryl.
  • R 4 is a five-membered heterocyclic ring bearing one or more aryl substituents.
  • R 4 is a substituted dicyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms.
  • R 4 may be a a pair of ortho-fused heterocyclic rings.
  • Exemplary compounds according to formula lb include
  • the compounds employed in the present invention may exist in prodrug form.
  • prodrug is intended to include any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to the formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals ⁇ e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds of the present invention may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention for example, according to formula (la), (la') (described more fully infra), or (lb) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
  • prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, z ' so-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec -butyl, tert- vXyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
  • functional groups present may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis.
  • Protecting groups are known per se as chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality ineroom temperatureto chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention.
  • Protecting groups that may be employed in accordance with the present invention may be described in Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the present disclosure relates to pharmaceutical compositions
  • the applicable carrier, diluent, or excipient may be selected on the basis of the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice as described, for example, in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Pub. Co., Easton, PA, 1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may further comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates an influenza virus.
  • the present compositions may further comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates Influenza A virus, Influenza B virus, or another Viroporin-type virus.
  • the further agent that modulates virus may be a known anti-viral agents, such as Tamiflu®, Relenza®, or peramivir.
  • the present compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to formula (la) or (lb) which is administered in combination with immunizations or vaccines that are effective in preventing or lessening the symptoms of influenza. Examples include antibodies, immune suppressants, anti-inflammatory agents, and the like.
  • A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position Z ⁇ ,
  • Ri is NH, NH 2 , alkyl, or, if A is a bond, is absent;
  • dashed lines b and b' may independently represent a double bond
  • R 2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
  • R 3 is -(X)(Y);
  • R4 is -(R 5 )(R6), halo, or is absent;
  • R 5 is nitrogen or oxygen
  • Re is hydrogen or -(R 7 )(R 8 )
  • R 7 is alkylene, -CH(R 7a )-, -(CH 2 )o- 6 CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R 5 and Rg; R 7a is alkyl;
  • Rg is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes more heteroatoms;
  • R9 is -(Rio)(Ri i) or is absent;
  • Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF 3 , or alkylene
  • R11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent
  • R12 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl
  • D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
  • E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
  • X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
  • Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms
  • Z 2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Zi and Z 8 ;
  • Z 3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z 8 and Z 9 ;
  • Z 4 , Z 5 , and Z 6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
  • Z 7 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S;
  • variable groups may be defined according to any of the embodiments described above in connection with the inventive compounds according to formula (la), albeit without the limiting provisos that are recited with respect to the compounds according to formula (la);
  • Ri and R 2 may be defined according to any of the embodiments described above in connection with the inventive compounds according to formula (lb),
  • Exemplary compounds according to formula (la') include
  • the methods provided herein inhibit an M2 proton channel (i.e., M2 protein or M2) of an influenza virus (including M2 of an influenza A virus and/or BM2 of an influenza B virus).
  • M2 belongs to a wild type influenza virus.
  • the M2 belongs to an influenza virus strain that is resistant to the existing anti-influenza drugs (such as amantadine and/or rimantadine), for example, a S3 IN mutant.
  • the mutant virus may comprise an influenza virus having the L26F mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the V27G mutation, the V27I mutation, the V27T mutation, the V27S mutation, or the V27A mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the A30T mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the S31 A mutation or the S3 IN mutation; may an influenza virus having the G34E mutation or the G34A mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the L38F mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the W41L mutation or the W41Y mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the D44N mutation or the D44H mutation; and/or may comprise an influenza virus having the R45K mutation or the R45H mutation.
  • the methods provided herein inhibit VP24 of an Ebola or a Marburg virus.
  • the methods provided herein inhibit a viroporin of a picomavirus, foot and mouth disease virus, African horse sickness virus, or Japanese encephalitis virus.
  • the compounds and/or salts provided herein can inhibit (i.e., decrease activity of) an M2 proton channel of an influenza virus (including M2 of an influenza A virus; BM2 of an influenza B virus, M2 of a wild type influenza virus, and/or M2 of a drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN influenza or other drug-resistant strains) by, for example, binding to the transmembrane region of M2 and interfering with proton conduction inside the virus and ultimately preventing the replication of the virus.
  • the compounds and/or salts provided herein can inhibit M2 and prevent viral maturation and release from the host cell.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating influenza (including wild type influenza and/or drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN influenza or other drug-resistant strains) in a patient (including a human or another animal) comprising contacting the patient with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (la'), (lb), or (II) as defined herein.
  • the method is a method for treating influenza that is a wild type.
  • the method is for treating influenza that is resistant to one or more of the existing anti-influenza drugs.
  • the method is a method for treating influenza that is resistant to amantadine and/or rimantadine.
  • the method is a method for treating Ebola or Marburg in a patient. In some embodiments, the method is a method for treating Bluetongue in a patient. In some embodiments, the method is a method of treating a picomavirus infection, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, or Japanese encephalitis in a patient.
  • Methods of measuring inhibition of M2 protein of an influenza vims are routine in the art.
  • M2 protein of an influenza vims or other integral membrane proteins that possess viroporin activity similar to the M2 protein (for example, VP24 of Ebola and Marburg vimses, NS3 protein of a Bluetongue vims, and a viroporin of a picomavims, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, or Japanese encephalitis vims) are routine in the art.
  • the present invention further provides methods for treating viral infections such as influenza, Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis in an individual (e.g., patient) by administering to the individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of formula (la'), (lb), or (II) as defined herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • the term "cell” is meant to refer to a cell that is in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo.
  • an ex vivo cell can be paroom temperatureof a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal.
  • an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture.
  • an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal.
  • contacting refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.
  • "contacting" the M2 protein (i.e., the M2 proton channel) of an influenza virus with a compound in the invention may include the administration of a compound in the present invention to an individual or patient, such as a human, having an influenza infection, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation containing the M2 protein.
  • the term "individual” or “patient,” used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, such as mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, such as humans.
  • the phrase "therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
  • preventing the disease for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease;
  • inhibiting the disease for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., including arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology); and
  • ameliorating the disease for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., including reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
  • a subject or patient in whom administration of the therapeutic compound is an effective therapeutic regimen for a disease or disorder is preferably a human, but can be any animal, including a laboratory animal in the context of a clinical trial or screening or activity experiment.
  • the methods, compounds and compositions of the present invention are particularly suited to administration to any animal, particularly a mammal, and including, but by no means limited to, humans, domestic animals, such as feline or canine subjects, farm animals, such as but not limited to bovine, equine, caprine, ovine, and porcine subjects, wild animals (whether in the wild or in a zoological garden), research animals, such as mice, rats, rabbits, goats, sheep, pigs, dogs, cats, and the like, avian species, such as chickens, turkeys, songbirds, and the like, i.e., for veterinary medical use.
  • the compounds of this invention may be administered orally or parenterally, neat or in combination with conventional pharmaceutical carriers, diluents, or excipients, which may be liquid or solid.
  • the applicable solid carrier, diluent, or excipient may function as, among other things, a binder, disintegrant, filler, lubricant, glidant, compression aid, processing aid, color, sweetener, preservative, suspensing/dispersing agent, tablet-disintegrating agent, encapsulating material, film former or coating, flavors, or printing ink.
  • any material used in preparing any dosage unit form is preferably pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed.
  • the active compound may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations.
  • the carrier, diluent, or excipient may be a finely divided solid that is in admixture with the finely divided active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier, diluent or excipient having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
  • the active compound may be incorporated with the carrier, diluent, or excipient and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
  • the amount of active compound(s) in such therapeutically useful compositions is preferably such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
  • the liquid carrier, excipient, or diluent can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, or osmo-regulators.
  • suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, or osmo-regulators.
  • Suitable solid carriers, diluents, and excipients may include, for example, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose,
  • microcrystalline cellulose microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes, ion exchange resins, croscarmellose carbon, acacia, pregelatinized starch, crospovidone, HPMC, povidone, titanium dioxide, polycrystalline cellulose, aluminum methahydroxide, agar-agar, tragacanth, or mixtures thereof.
  • liquid carriers, diluents and excipients for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil), or mixtures thereof.
  • water particularly containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution
  • alcohols including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols
  • oils e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil
  • the carrier, diluent, or excipient can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate.
  • sterile liquid carriers, diluents, or excipients which are used in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration.
  • Solutions of the active compounds as free bases or pharmacologically acceptable salts can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • a dispersion can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include, for example, sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the form is preferably sterile and fluid to provide easy syringability. It is preferably stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and is preferably preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier, diluent, or excipient may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of a dispersion, and by the use of
  • surfactants are used for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars or sodium chloride.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be achieved by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions may be prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amounts, in the appropriate solvent, with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions may be prepared by incorporating the sterilized active ingredient into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation may include vacuum drying and the freeze drying technique that yields a powder of the active ingredient or ingredients, plus any additional desired ingredient from the previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered in an effective amount by any of the conventional techniques well-established in the medical field.
  • the compounds employed in the methods of the present invention including the compounds of formula (la'), (lb), or (II), may be administered by any means that results in the contact of the active agents with the agents' site or sites of action in the body of a patient.
  • the compounds may be administered by any conventional means available.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage form, e.g. as tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, wafers, granules, suppositories, or the like.
  • the composition is sub-divided in unit dose containing appropriate quantities of the active ingredient;
  • the unit dosage forms can be packaged compositions, for example packeted powders, vials, ampoules, prefilled syringes or sachets containing liquids.
  • the unit dosage form can be, for example, a capsule or tablet itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any such compositions in package form.
  • dosage forms of the present invention can be in the form of capsules wherein one active ingredient is compressed into a tablet or in the form of a plurality of microtablets, particles, granules or non-perils. These microtablets, particles, granules or non-perils are then placed into a capsule or compressed into a capsule, possibly along with a granulation of the another active ingredient.
  • the dosage of the compounds of the present invention that will be most suitable for prophylaxis or treatment will vary with the form of administration, the particular compound chosen and the physiological characteristics of the particular patient under treatment. Generally, small dosages may be used initially and, if necessary, increased by small increments until the desired effect under the circumstances is reached. Generally speaking, oral administration may require higher dosages.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • the sub-dose itself may be further divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations.
  • the dose may also be provided by controlled release of the compound, by techniques well known to those in the art.
  • the compounds useful in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods as described below, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan.
  • the reagents used in the preparation of the compounds of this invention can be either commercially obtained or can be prepared by standard procedures described in the literature. All processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including milligram, gram, multigram, kilogram, multikilogram or commercial industrial scale.
  • each variable can be a different moiety selected from the Markush group defining the variable. For example, where a structure is described having two R groups that are simultaneously present on the same compound, the two R groups can represent different moieties selected from the Markush group defined for R.
  • spectroscopic means such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13 C NMR), infrared spectroscopy (IR), spectrophotometry ⁇ e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13 C NMR), infrared spectroscopy (IR), spectrophotometry ⁇ e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13 C NMR), infrared spectroscopy (IR), spectrophotometry ⁇ e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13 C NMR), infrared spectroscopy (IR), spectrophotometry ⁇ e.g., UV-visible),
  • Suitable solvents can be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials (reactants), the
  • reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent.
  • suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected.
  • the compounds of the invention can be prepared, for example, using the reaction pathways and techniques as described below.
  • Procedure A Amine (1.2 equiv) and aldehyde/ketone (1.0 equiv) were mixed in methanol and then treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (3.0eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N 2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water, and the product was extracted with butanol. The combined organic layer was dried over Na 2 SC"4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH 3 0H/CH 2 C1 2 ).
  • Procedure B Amine (1 equiv) and aldehyde/ketone (leq) were mixed in 1,2- dichloroethane and then treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.4eq) and AcOH (leq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N 2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding 1 N NaOH, and the product was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure after filtration. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10%
  • Procedure D The chloride/bromide (1 eq), amantadine (1.5 eq) was dissolved in isopropanol, Csl (0.1 eq) and triethyl amine (2 eq) were then added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was extracted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was then purified by silica gel flash column chromatography to give the final product (5- 10% CH 3 0H/CH 2 C1 2 ).
  • Procedure E Acid (1.0 equiv) was added to a solution (0.5 M) of HO AT (1.5 equiv) and EDCI (1.5 equiv) in anhydrous DMF and stirring was continued for 1 h. Then, amine (1.5 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH 3 0H/CH 2 C1 2 ) to give the tile amid.
  • Procedure F A Biotage microwave vial was charged with Pd(OAc) 2 (3 mol %), RuPhos (6 mol %), halide (1 equiv), potassium trifluoroborate (1.3 equiv), and Na 2 C0 3 (2 equiv).
  • the test tube was sealed with a cap lined with a disposable Teflon septum, evacuated and purged (x 3).
  • Degassed ethanol (0.18 M) was added via syringe and the reaction was heated at 85 °C for 12 h.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered through a thin pad of celite (elution with EtOAc). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 ).
  • Procedure G A mixture of aryl halide (1.0 equiv), boronic acid (1.2 equiv), K 2 C0 3 (2.0 equiv), and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (10% mol) in dioxane/H 2 0 (v/v 5: 1) was heated at 80 °C under inert environment for 2 h. The solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH 3 OH/CH 2 CI 2 ) to give the title compound.
  • Procedure H A Biotage microwave vial was charged with Pd(OAc) 2 (3 mol %>), XPhos (6 mol %>), halide (1 equiv), potassium trifluoroborate (1.3 equiv), and K 2 C0 3 (3 equiv). The vial was sealed with a cap lined with a disposable Teflon septum, evacuated and purged (x 3). Degassed THF (3.8 mL) and H 2 0 (0.38 mL) were added via syringe, and the reaction was heated at 100 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt and extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (x 3) and dried over MgS0 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Unless otherwise specified, the crude product was purified by HPLC.
  • Procedure j 2-chloro-N-hydroxyacetimidamide (leq) and acid chloride (leq) in DMF was cooled to 0°C in ice bath, TEA (leq) was added dropwise. After addition, the mixture was heated to 135°C for 4hrs. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic phases was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The intermediate chloride was used for the next step alkylation without further purification.
  • Procedure K A KO l Bu (1.2 eq) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of dimethyl oxalate (1.1 eq) and ketone (1 eq) in toluene. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by IN HCl, followed by concentration under reduced pressure. The resulting aqueous slurry was extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude ester (leq) was dissolved in MeOH, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2eq) was added, and the solution was heated to 50°C for 4 hrs.
  • the resulting isoxazole carboxylate was purified by flash column chromatography (60-100%) DCM/Hexane). The ester was subsequently reduced by NaBH 4 (3eq) in MeOH for 2 hrs at room temperature. The alcohol intermediate was used for the next step bromination without further purification.
  • the alcohol (leq) and CBr 4 (1.5eq) in DCM was cooled to 0°C, PPh 3 (1.5 eq) was added and the solution was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hrs. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired bromide intermediate.
  • Final alkylation was performed by following general procedure E.
  • adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine (320 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) at N 2 atmosphere nBuLi (1.5 M in Hex, 1.0 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 °C. After the mixture was stirred for 20 min TMSC1 (140 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min before it was quenched with NH4C1 (sat'd) (5 mL). and the product was extracted with DCM (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine was made from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-bromo-benzaldehyde (76%).
  • Procedure E from adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine and 3-pyridylboronic acid, adamantan-I-yl-(4-pyridm- 3-yl-benzyl)-amine as a white solid (69%) is obtained.

Abstract

Provided are compounds according to formula (la) or (lb) as described herein, that are capable of modulating the activity of influenza viruses (e.g., influenza A virus), for example, via interaction with the M2 transmembrane protein, and other similar viroporins. Also provided are methods for treating an influenza A-affected disease state or infection comprising administering a composition comprising one or more compounds according to according to formulas (la') or (lb), as described herein.

Description

INHIBITORS TARGETING DRUG-RESISTANT INFLUENZA A
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional App. No.
61/567,328, filed December 6, 2011 and U.S. Provisional App. No. 61/705,310, filed September 25, 2012, the entire contents of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
[0002] Research leading to the disclosed invention was funded, in part, by the U.S. National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, GM56423 and AI74571 (both to William F. DeGrado). Accordingly, the United States Government may have rights in the invention described herein.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0003] The present invention relates, in part, to methods of treatment, prevention, and inhibition of viral disorders. In one aspect, the present invention relates to inhibition of the M2 proton channel of influenza viruses (e.g., influenza A virus and/or influenza B virus) and other similar viroporins (e.g., VP24 of Ebola and Marburg viruses; and NS3 protein of Bluetongue). The present invention further relates to compounds which have been shown to possess antiviral activity, in particular, inhibiting the M2 proton channel (e.g., wild type and/or drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN or V27A influenza or other drug-resistant influenza strains) of influenza viruses and other similar viroporins.
BACKGROUND
[0004] Viroporins are a growing class of membrane proteins that are important for viral replication and packaging. These proteins also affect cellular functions, including the cell vesicle system, glycoprotein trafficking and membrane permeability (Gonzalez et al., FEBS Lett., 2003, 552, 28-34). The M2 proton channel is a prototype for this class of proteins that is essential to the survival of the virus {Lamb et al., Wimmer E, editor, Receptor-Mediated Virus Entry into Cells, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1994, p. 303-321).
[0005] Viroporins are essential components of a variety of viruses including Ebola, Marburg, Bluetongue, African horse sickness, foot and mouth disease, and Japanese encephalitis viruses. In particular, Ebola and Marburg viruses pose a particularly serious threat to human health and are classified as category A biowarfare agents by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) (Khan et al., MMWR, 2000, 49, RR-4, 1-14). VP24 from Ebola and Marburg viruses is an integral membrane protein that possesses viroporin activity similar to the M2 protein (Han et al., J. Virology, 2003, 77(3), 793-800). NS3 protein of Bluetongue is a viroporin that is critical for virus release (Han et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2004, 279, 41, 43092-43097). In addition,
picronaviruses (Gonzalez et al, FEB S Lett., 2003, 552, 28-34), African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis encode proteins with viroporin activity that play central roles in viral pathogenesis (Van Niekerk et al., Virology, 2001, 279, 499-508; Chang et al., J. Virol., 1999, 73(8), 6257-6264).
[0006] Influenza viruses infect the upper and lower respiratory tracts and cause substantial morbidity and mortality annually. Influenza A viruses, which also infect a wide number of avian and mammalian species, pose a considerable public health burden with epidemic and pandemic potential. Influenza together with complications of the virus is consistently among the top 10 common causes of death, ranking higher than some other much more widely publicized killers, such as the HIV virus that causes AIDS. It is estimated that in annual influenza epidemics, 5-15% of the world's population contracts influenza, resulting in an estimated 3-5 million cases of severe illness and 250,000 to 500,000 deaths around the world from influenza-associated complications. In the U.S., 10%-20% of the population is infected with the flu every year, with an average 0.1% mortality. The flu causes 36,000 deaths each year in the U.S., and 114,000 hospitalizations. The cost of influenza epidemics to the U.S. economy is estimated at $3-15 billion. Approximately 20% to 40% of the world's population became ill during the catastrophic "Spanish" flu pandemic in 1918, which killed an estimated 40 to 50 million people worldwide and 675,000 people in the United States. The "Asian" flu pandemic of 1957 resulted in the deaths of approximately 69,800 people in the United States and 2.0 to 7.4 million worldwide. The H1N1 swine flu pandemic in 2009 has caused about 3,000 deaths worldwide to date. [0007] Tamiflu (oseltamivir), which targets neuraminidase protein, is the only remaining orally administered anti-flu drug on the market and resistance to the drug is increasing with oseltamivir-resistant viruses arising during clinical use of the drug in children (Kiso et al., Lancet, 2004, 364, 759-65). Oseltamivir has been used for treatment of infected individuals and although it is FDA-approved for prophylaxis its usefulness for prophylactic treatment has been questioned in a recent systematic analysis of data from 51 controlled trials (Jefferson et al., Lancet, 2006, 367, 303-13). Thus, there is an immediate need to develop additional agents that inhibit the M2 proton channel and its drug-resistant forms, and in particular the most prevalent mutant form, S3 IN, but also in others including L26, V27, A30, and G34.
[0008] Influenza A and B viruses each encode a small oligomeric integral membrane protein, M2 of influenza A virus and BM2 of influenza B virus, each of which is a proton- selective ion channel. The M2 protein plays an important role during the early and late stages of the viral life cycle. Early in the cycle, the virus enters cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis, which places the virus into endosomal vesicles. Proton-pumping ATP-ases in the endosomal membrane lower the internal pH, which triggers the fusion of the viral envelope with the endosomal membrane and the release of the viral RNA into the cytoplasm. However, unless the inside of the virus is acidified prior to fusion, the RNA remains encapsulated by a matrix protein known as Ml (Ito et al., J. Virol., 1981, 65, 5491-8). The M2 protein provides a conduit for passage of protons into the interior of the virus, thereby promoting the dissociation of RNA from its matrix protein. This is a crucial step in uncoating of the virus and exposing its content to the cytoplasm of the host cell. In some strains of influenza A virus, the M2 protein is also important for equilibrating the pH of the lumen of the Golgi apparatus with the cytoplasm, thus preventing a premature conformational change in the viral hemagglutinin at the wrong time and in the wrong place (Ciampor et al., Acta Virologica, 1995, 39, 171-181). Inhibition of M2 at this later stage of the viral life cycle prevents viral maturation and release from the host cell.
[0009] Several features make M2 an excellent target for an anti-influenza drug. It is essential and present in all known isolates of influenza A virus, and it is already validated as a drug target. Although a variety of mutations occur naturally and can be isolated in cell culture, one mutant in particular, S3 IN, predominates in more than 98% of the transmissible resistant viral strains isolated from patients in the last decade (Bright et al, Lancet, 2005, 366, 1175- 1181). [0010] Thus, there is a great need for additional compositions and methods of treatment based on the use of antiviral compounds against key viral pathogens and, optionally, less prone to the development of resistance by those pathogens. Moreover, there is a great need for additional compositions and methods of treatment based on the use of antiviral compounds that are effective in the treatment of viral pathogens that have already developed resistance to existing antiviral agents. In particular, there is a great need for effective compositions and methods for the treatment of viral infections such as influenza, Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis (including the strains that have already developed resistance to existing antiviral agents). The present invention is directed to these and other important ends
SUMMARY
[0011] The present invention provides, in part, compounds according to formula (la):
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of the variable groups are as defined herein.
[0012] The present disclosure also pertains to compounds according to formula
(lb):
Figure imgf000005_0002
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Ri and R2 are as defined herein.
[0013] Also disclosed are compounds according to formula (la'):
Figure imgf000006_0001
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of the variable groups are as defined herein.
[0014] The present invention is also directed to methods for treating a viral infection, such as influenza (e.g., wild-type influenza, such as wild-type influenza A or B, or one or more mutant varieties of influenza such as S3 IN influenza), Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis, in a patient (including a human or an animal) comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising a compound of Formula (la), (la'), or (lb) as defined herein.
[0015] Also provided are compositions comprising a compound according to Formula (la), (la'), or (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically substituted analogue, or stereoisomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
[0016] The present invention may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description taken in connection with the accompanying figures and examples, which form a part this disclosure. It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the specific products, methods, conditions or parameters described and/or shown herein, and that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments by way of example only and is not intended to be limiting of the claimed invention. [0017] The disclosures of each patent, patent application, and publication cited or described in this document are hereby incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety.
[0018] As employed above and throughout the disclosure, the following terms and abbreviations, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings.
[0019] In the present disclosure the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include the plural reference, and reference to a particular numerical value includes at least that particular value, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a compound" is a reference to one or more of such compounds and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. Furthermore, when indicating that a certain chemical moiety "may be" X, Y, or Z, it is not intended by such usage to exclude in all instances other choices for the moiety; for example, a statement to the effect that Ri "may be alkyl, aryl, or amino" does not necessarily exclude other choices for Rls such as halo, aralkyl, and the like.
[0020] When values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. As used herein, "about X" (where X is a numerical value) preferably refers to ±10% of the recited value, inclusive. For example, the phrase "about 8" refers to a value of 7.2 to 8.8, inclusive; as another example, the phrase " about 8%" refers to a value of 7.2% to 8.8%, inclusive. Where present, all ranges are inclusive and combinable. For example, when a range of "1 to 5" is recited, the recited range should be construed as including ranges "1 to 4", "1 to 3", "1-2", "1-2 & 4-5", "1-3 & 5", and the like. In addition, when a list of alternatives is positively provided, such listing can be interpreted to mean that any of the alternatives may be excluded, e.g., by a negative limitation in the claims. For example, when a range of "1 to 5" is recited, the recited range may be construed as including situations whereby any of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 are negatively excluded; thus, a recitation of "1 to 5" may be construed as "1 and 3-5, but not 2", or simply "wherein 2 is not included." In another example, when a listing of possible substituents including "hydrogen, alkyl, and aryl" is provided, the recited listing may be construed as including situations whereby any of "hydrogen, alkyl, and aryl" is negatively excluded; thus, a recitation of "hydrogen, alkyl, and aryl" may be construed as "hydrogen and aryl, but not alkyl", or simply "wherein the substituent is not alkyl".
[0021] As used herein, the terms "component," "composition of compounds,"
"compound," "drug," "pharmacologically active agent," "active agent," "therapeutic," "therapy," "treatment," or "medicament" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a compound or compounds or composition of matter which, when administered to a subject (human or animal) induces a desired pharmacological and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action.
[0022] The abbreviations in the specification correspond to units of measure, techniques, properties, or compounds as follows: "min" means minute(s), "g" means gram(s), "mg" means milligram(s), '^g" means microgram(s), "eq" means equivalent(s), "h" means hour(s), "μί" means microliter(s), "mL" means milliliter(s), "mM" means millimolar, "M" means molar, "mmol" or "mmole" means millimole(s), "cm" means centimeters, "SEM" means standard error of the mean, and "IU" means International Units. "IC50 value" or "IC50" means dose of the compound which results in 50% alleviation or inhibition of the observed condition or effect.
[0023] As used herein, "alkyl" refers to an optionally substituted, saturated straight, or branched, hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein). Where appropriate, "alkyl" can mean "alkylene"; for example, if X is -R1R2, and Ri is said to be "alkyl", then "alkyl" may correctly be interpreted to mean "alkylene".
[0024] "Amino" refers to -NH2 and may include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen. "Amino" is used interchangeably with amine and is also intended to include any pharmaceutically acceptable amine salts. For example, amino may refer to -NH+(X)(Y)C1~, wherein X and Y are preferably and independently hydrogen or alkyl, wherein alkyl may include one or more halo substitutions.
[0025] As used herein, "aryl", "arene", and "aromatic" each refer to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated, monocyclic, polycyclic, or other homo-, carbo- or heterocyclic aromatic ring system having from about 3 to about 50 ring members (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 5 to about 10 ring atom members being preferred. Such moieties encompass (include) "heteroaryl" and "heteroarene" as defined infra. Where appropriate, "aryl" can mean "arene"; for example, if X is -RiR2, and Ri is said to be "aryl", then "aryl" may correctly be interpreted to mean "arene".
[0026] As used herein, "alkenyl" refers to an alkyl radical having from about 2 to about 20 carbon atoms and one or more double bonds (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), wherein alkyl is as previously defined. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the alkenyl groups have from about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups may be optionally substituted.
[0027] As used herein, "aralkyl" refers to alkyl radicals bearing one or more aryl substituents and having from about 4 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), wherein aryl and alkyl are as previously defined. In some preferred embodiments, the alkyl moieties of the aralkyl groups have from about 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. In other preferred embodiments, the alkyl moieties have from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms. Aralkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
[0028] "Alkylamino" signifies alkyl-(NH)-, wherein alkyl is as previously described and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino. "Arylamino" represents aryl-(NH)-, wherein aryl is as defined herein and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino. Likewise, "aralkylamino" is used to denote aralkyl-(NH)-, wherein aralkyl is as previously defined and NH is defined in accordance with the provided definition of amino. "Alkylamido" refers to alkyl-CH(=0)NH-, wherein alkyl is as previously described. "Alkoxy" as used herein refers to the group R-O- where R is an alkyl group, and alkyl is as previously described. "Aralkoxy" stands for R-O-, wherein R is an aralkyl group as previously defined. "Alkylsulfonyl" means alkyl-S02- , wherein alkyl is as previously defined. "Aminooxy" as used herein refers to the group amino-(O)-, wherein amino is defined as above. "Aralkylaminooxy" as used herein is used to denote aryl-akyl-aminooxy-, wherein aryl, alkyl, and aminooxy are respectively defined as provided previously.
[0029] As used herein, "alkylene" refers to an optionally branched or substituted bivalent alkyl radical having the general formula -(CH2)n-, where n is 1 to 10. Non-limiting examples include methylene, trimethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene.
[0030] "Alkyleneamino" refers to -(CH2)n-NH-, where n is 1 to 10 and wherein the bivalent alkyl radical may be optionally branched or substituted, and the amino group may include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen.
[0031] As used herein, "heteroaryl" or "heteroarene" refers to an aryl radical wherein in at least one of the rings, one or more of the carbon atom ring members is independently replaced by a heteroatom group selected from the group consisting of S, O, N, and NH, wherein aryl is as previously defined. Heteroaryl / heteroarene groups having a total of from about 3 to about 14 carbon atom ring members and heteroatom ring members are preferred. Likewise, a "heterocyclic ring" is an aryl radical wherein one or more of the carbon atom ring members may be (but are not necessarily) independently replaced by a heteroatom group selected from the group consisting of S, O, N, and NH. Heterocyclic rings having a total from about 3 to 14 ring members and heteroatom ring members are preferred, but not necessarily present; for example, "heterocyclohexyl" may be a six-membered aryl radical with or without a heteroatom group.
[0032] "Halo" and "halogen" each refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo moiety, with fluoro, chloro, or bromo being preferred.
[0033] "Haloalkyl" signifies halo-alkyl- wherein alkyl and halo, respectively, are as previously described.
[0034] The phrase reading "[moiety] is absent" may mean that the substituents to which the moiety is attached are directly attached to each other.
[0035] Typically, substituted chemical moieties include one or more substituents that replace hydrogen. Exemplary substituents include, for example, halo (e.g., F, CI, Br, I), alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, spiroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl (-OH), nitro (-N02), cyano (-CN), amino (- NH2), -N-substituted amino (-NHR"), -Ν,Ν-disubstituted amino (-N(R")R"), oxo (=0), carboxy (-COOH), -0-C(=0)R", -C(=0)R", -OR", -C(=0)OR", -(alkylene)-C(=0)-OR", -NHC(=0)R", aminocarbonyl (-C(=0)NH2), -N-substituted aminocarbonyl (-C(=0)NHR"), -N,N-disubstituted aminocarbonyl (-C(=0)N(R")R"), thiol, thiolato (-SR"), sulfonic acid (-S03H), phosphonic acid (-PO3H), -P(=0)(OR")OR", -S(=0)R", -S(=0)2R", -S(=0)2NH2, -S(=0)2 NHR",
-S(=0)2NR"R", -NHS(=0)2R", -NR"S(=0)2R", -CF3, -CF2CF3, -NHC(=0)NHR",
-NHC(=0)NR"R", -NR"C(=0)NHR", -NR"C(=0)NR"R", -NR"C(=0)R" and the like. In relation to the aforementioned substituents, each moiety R" can be, independently, any of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, for example.
[0036] As used herein, the terms "treatment" or "therapy" (as well as different word forms thereof) includes preventative (e.g., prophylactic), curative or palliative treatment.
[0037] As employed above and throughout the disclosure the term "effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages, and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired result with respect to the treatment of the relevant disorder, condition, or side effect. It will be appreciated that the effective amount of components of the present invention will vary from patient to patient not only with the particular compound, component or composition selected, the route of administration, and the ability of the components to elicit a desired response in the individual, but also with factors such as the disease state or severity of the condition to be alleviated, hormone levels, age, sex, weight of the individual, the state of being of the patient, and the severity of the pathological condition being treated, concurrent medication or special diets then being followed by the particular patient, and other factors which those skilled in the art will recognize, with the appropriate dosage ultimately being at the discretion of the attendant physician. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the improved therapeutic response. An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the components are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. As an example, the compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are administered at a dosage and for a time such that the level of activation and adhesion activity of platelets is reduced as compared to the level of activity before the start of treatment.
[0038] "Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0039] Within the present invention, the disclosed compounds may be prepared in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. "Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2- acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like. These physiologically acceptable salts are prepared by methods known in the art, e.g., by dissolving the free amine bases with an excess of the acid in aqueous alcohol, or neutralizing a free carboxylic acid with an alkali metal base such as a hydroxide, or with an amine.
[0040] Compounds described herein throughout, can be used or prepared in alternate forms. For example, many amino-containing compounds can be used or prepared as an acid addition salt. Often such salts improve isolation and handling properties of the compound. For example, depending on the reagents, reaction conditions and the like, compounds as described herein can be used or prepared, for example, as their hydrochloride or tosylate salts. Isomorphic crystalline forms, all chiral and racemic forms, N-oxide, hydrates, solvates, and acid salt hydrates, are also contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention.
[0041] Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in art that compounds containing both amino and carboxy groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxy groups, also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
[0042] "Hydrate" refers to a compound of the present invention which is associated with water in the molecular form, i.e., in which the H-OH bond is not split, and may be represented, for example, by the formula R H20, where R is a compound of the invention. A given compound may form more than one hydrate including, for example, monohydrates (R H20) or polyhydrates (R nH20 wherein n is an integer > 1) including, for example, dihydrates (R-2H20), trihydrates (R 3H20), and the like, or hemihydrates, such as, for example, R-n/2H20, R-n/3H20, R-n^ ^O and the like wherein n is an integer.
[0043] "Solvate" refers to a compound of the present invention which is associated with solvent in the molecular form, i.e., in which the solvent is coordinatively bound, and may be represented, for example, by the formula R- (solvent), where R is a compound of the invention. A given compound may form more than one solvate including, for example, monosolvates (R-(solvent)) or polysolvates (R-n(solvent)) wherein n is an integer > 1) including, for example, disolvates (R-2(solvent)), trisolvates (R-3(solvent)), and the like, or hemisolvates, such as, for example, R-n/2(solvent), R-n/3(solvent), R-n/4(solvent) and the like wherein n is an integer.
Solvents herein include mixed solvents, for example, methanol/water, and as such, the solvates may incorporate one or more solvents within the solvate.
[0044] "Acid hydrate" refers to a complex that may be formed through association of a compound having one or more base moieties with at least one compound having one or more acid moieties or through association of a compound having one or more acid moieties with at least one compound having one or more base moieties, said complex being further associated with water molecules so as to form a hydrate, wherein said hydrate is as previously defined and R represents the complex herein described above.
[0045] The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds that have identical chemical constitution, but differ as regards the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
[0046] "Racemic" means having the capacity for resolution into forms of opposed optical activity.
[0047] As used herein, the term "partial stereoisomer" refers to stereoisomers having two or more chiral centers wherein at least one of the chiral centers has defined stereochemistry (i.e., R or S) and at least one has undefined stereochemistry (i.e., R or S). When the term "partial stereoisomers thereof is used herein, it refers to any compound within the described genus whose configuration at chiral centers with defined stereochemistry centers is maintained and the configuration of each undefined chiral center is independently selected from R or S. For example, if a stereoisomer has three chiral centers and the stereochemical configuration of the first center is defined as having "S" stereochemistry, the term "or partial stereoisomer thereof refers to stereoisomers having SRR, SRS, SSR, or SSS configurations at the three chiral centers, and mixtures thereof.
[0048] An "isotopically substituted analogue" is a compound of the present disclosure in which one or more atoms have been replaced with an isotope of that atom. For example, hydrogen (protium) may be substituted with deuterium or tritium. Other atoms that may be replaced with an isotope thereof in order to form an isotopically substituted analogue thereof include, for example, carbon (replaced with C13), nitrogen (replaced with N15), iodine (replaced
131 18 31
with I ), fluorine (replaced with F ), or sulfur (replaced with S ). Any available isotope may be used to form an isotopically substituted analogue thereof, and those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize available techniques for forming such analogues from a given compound. [0049] "Prodrug" refers to compounds which are themselves inactive or minimally active for the activity desired, but through biotransformation can be converted into biologically active metabolites. For example, a prodrug of the present invention would include, inter alia, any compound which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means to a compound claimed or described in the present disclosure.
[0050] "N-oxide" refers to compounds wherein the basic nitrogen atom of either a heteroaromatic ring or tertiary amine is oxidized to give a quaternary nitrogen bearing a positive formal charge and an attached oxygen atom bearing a negative formal charge.
[0051] When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0052] The term "administering" means either directly administering a compound or composition of the present invention, or administering a prodrug, derivative or analog which will form an equivalent amount of the active compound or substance within the body.
[0053] "Dosage unit" refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the particular individual to be treated. Each unit may contain a predetermined quantity of active compound(s) calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect(s) in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention may be dictated by (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound(s) and the particular therapeutic effect(s) to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such active compound(s).
[0054] "Subject" or "patient" refers to an embryonic, immature, or adult animal, including the human species, that is treatable with the compositions, and/or methods of the present invention.
[0055] It has presently been discovered that certain adamantane variants are effective for inhibiting the respective viroporins of various virus species, including virus species in which a mutation of the viroporin and/or associated structures is present. As used herein, "inhibition" of a viroporin refers to the reduction of the viroporin' s ability to function in a manner that is most consistent with the vitality of the virus of which the viroporin is a component. [0056] Accordingly, in one aspect, the present invention provides compounds according to Formula la:
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein
A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position Zi;
L is nitrogen;
Ri is NH, NH2, alkyl, or, if A is a bond, is absent;
dashed lines b and b' may independently represent a double bond;
R2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
R3 is -(X)(Y);
R4 is -(R5)(R6), halo, or is absent;
R5 is nitrogen or oxygen;
Re is hydrogen or -(R7)(R8)
R7 is alkylene, -CH(R7a)-, -(CH2)0-6CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R5 and Rg; R7a is alkyl;
Rg is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes more heteroatoms;
R9 is -(Rio)(Rii) or is absent;
Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF3, or alkylene;
R11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent;
Ri2 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl;
D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
Q is alkyl, -C(=0)0(CH2)i_3CH3, or -(CH2)0_3OH;
Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
Z2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Zi and Z8;
Z3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z8 and Z9;
Z4, Z5, and Z6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
Z7 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S;
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
with the proviso that
(i) if A is a bond and R2 is H or absent, except if X is alkynyl, then:
Y is not unsubstituted phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, pyrrolyl, or benzodioxolyl;
if Y is mono-substituted furanyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro;
if Y is mono-substituted phenyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, unsubstituted phenyl, methoxybenzyloxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro;
if Y is mono-substituted thiopheneyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, ethyl, chloro, or bromo;
if Y is mono-substituted oxadiazolyl, then the substituent on Y is not methoxyphenyl;
if Y is mono-substituted thiazolyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl;
if Y is mono-substituted naphthyl, then the substituent on Y is not 1 -hydroxyl; and,
if Y is di-substituted phenyl, then the substituents on Y may not both be alkoxy, and,
(ii) if A is Ci alkyl, Ri is NH, and Y is mono-substituted phenyl, then the substituent is not hydroxyl.
[0057] In certain embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Y is a carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkoxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, aryl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, alkylsilanyl, alkylsulfanyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, and hydroxyalkyl. For example, Y may be substituted with aryl, aryloxy, or aralkoxy, in which the aryl moiety of the aryl, aryloxy, or aralkoxy is optionally substituted phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, naphthyl. isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
[0058] In certain other embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or - CH(Q)-, and Y is an unsubstituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. In such instances, Y may be, for example, Y is a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered heterocyclic ring; a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered carbocyclic ring; a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five- membered heterocyclic ring; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered carbocyclic rings; or, a single three- to seven-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring. For example, Y may be represented by the structure
Figure imgf000017_0001
or any heterocyclic analog of which that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur at any of the positions labeled a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i in the structures above. In some examples, Y is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; an unsaturated, partly- saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene, pyrrole, furan, imidazole, thiazole, or oxazole ring, an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated furan ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly- saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring; an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully- saturated pyrrole ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring; or, a phenyl ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene, pyridine, imidazole, or furan ring. In such embodiments, when Y is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring, or is a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring, Y may be, for example, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thiopheneyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
[0059] In other embodiments of compounds according to formula (la), A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Y is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. In such embodiments, Y may be, for example, a single three- to seven-membered heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a pair of ortho-fused six-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a six-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho- fused with a six-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho- fused with a six-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; or, a five-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted. The substituents may independently be, for example, oxo, hydroxyl, halo, nitro, alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfanyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, trifluoromethylsulfanyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, di-alkylamino, alkoxycarbonylalkyl(alkyl)amino, aryl, or aralkyl. In certain embodiments Y may be represented by the structure
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein R represents a substitution, or any heterocyclic analog of which that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur at any of the positions labeled a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i in the structures above. In the structures above, each R may independently be oxo, hydroxyl, halo, nitro, alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfanyl, trifluoromethylsulfanyl, cyano, amino, or aryl. When Y represents a single ring, Y may be, for example, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thiopheneyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, each with at least one substitution. The substitutions on Y when it is a single ring may be, for example, halo, thiopheneyl,
alkylthiopheneyl, alkoxythiopheneyl, imidazolyl, imidazolyl substituted with one or both of methyl and trifluoromethyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl, alkylfuranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, morpholinomethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylsulfanyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, alkylsilanyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, di-alkylamino, alkoxycarbonylalkyl(alkyl)amino, nitro, alkoxyphenyl, alkylsulfanylphenyl, halophenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiazolyl substituted with one or both of methyl and trifluoromethyl, isoxazolyl optionally substituted with methyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperadinyl, pyrazinyl, or pyrrolyl. Any of the substitutions on Y may themselves be substituted.
[0060] In other embodiments of the compounds of formula (la), A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R9 is -(Rio)(Rn). In still other embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R4 is -(R5)(R6). In yet other embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R2 is -(D)(E). Other embodiments are such that A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Z7 is alkylene that is substituted with alkyl, hydroxyl, or halo. Still other embodiments are such that A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Z7 is alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is replaced with N, O, or S. In other embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and one or more of Z2-Z7 is N, O, or S. In yet other embodiments, A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkenylene or alkynylene, and Y is optionally substituted aryl.
[0061] Exemplary compounds according to formula (la) include:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001

Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
and stereoisomers, isotopically substituted analogues, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0062] Also disclosed are compounds according to formula lb
Figure imgf000033_0002
Ri is hydrogen; and,
Figure imgf000033_0003
R3 is alkyl; and,
R4 is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system,
or,
Ri together with R2 and the atom to which they are both attached form an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system, or a stereoisomer, partial stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid hydrate, or N-oxide thereof.
[0063] In some embodiments of the compounds according to formula lb, R4 is a substituted monocyclic ring. For example, R4 may be a five- or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring bearing one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkylsulfanyl, cycloalkyl, and aryl. In one example, R4 is a five-membered heterocyclic ring bearing one or more aryl substituents.
[0064] In other embodiments of the compounds according to formula lb, R4 is a substituted dicyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms. For example, R4 may be a a pair of ortho-fused heterocyclic rings.
[0065] Exemplary compounds according to formula lb include
Figure imgf000034_0001
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0066] The compounds employed in the present invention may exist in prodrug form. As used herein, "prodrug" is intended to include any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to the formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals {e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds of the present invention may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention, for example, according to formula (la), (la') (described more fully infra), or (lb) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
[0067] Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively. Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, z'so-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec -butyl, tert- vXyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
[0068] As will be readily understood, functional groups present may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis. Protecting groups are known per se as chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality ineroom temperatureto chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention. Protecting groups that may be employed in accordance with the present invention may be described in Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991.
[0069] In a further aspect, the present disclosure relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound according to formula (la), (lb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically substituted analogue, or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient. The applicable carrier, diluent, or excipient may be selected on the basis of the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice as described, for example, in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Pub. Co., Easton, PA, 1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The pharmaceutical compositions may further comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates an influenza virus. With respect to certain embodiments, the present compositions may further comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates Influenza A virus, Influenza B virus, or another Viroporin-type virus. For example, the further agent that modulates virus may be a known anti-viral agents, such as Tamiflu®, Relenza®, or peramivir. In certain embodiments, the present compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to formula (la) or (lb) which is administered in combination with immunizations or vaccines that are effective in preventing or lessening the symptoms of influenza. Examples include antibodies, immune suppressants, anti-inflammatory agents, and the like.
[0070] The present disclosure also pertains to methods for treating an influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising
a compound according to formula (la')
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein
A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position Z\,
L is nitrogen;
Ri is NH, NH2, alkyl, or, if A is a bond, is absent;
dashed lines b and b' may independently represent a double bond;
R2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
R3 is -(X)(Y);
R4 is -(R5)(R6), halo, or is absent;
R5 is nitrogen or oxygen;
Re is hydrogen or -(R7)(R8)
R7 is alkylene, -CH(R7a)-, -(CH2)o-6CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R5 and Rg; R7a is alkyl;
Rg is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes more heteroatoms; R9 is -(Rio)(Ri i) or is absent;
Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF3, or alkylene;
R11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent;
R12 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl;
D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
Q is alkyl, -C(=0)0(CH2)!_3CH3, -(CH2) 0_3OH, or -C(=0)-;
Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
Z2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Zi and Z8;
Z3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z8 and Z9;
Z4, Z5, and Z6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
Z7 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S;
or a stereoisomer, partial stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid hydrate, or N-oxide thereof, wherein each of the variable groups may be defined according to any of the embodiments described above in connection with the inventive compounds according to formula (la), albeit without the limiting provisos that are recited with respect to the compounds according to formula (la);
or,
a compound according to formula (lb)
Figure imgf000037_0001
or a stereoisomer, partial stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid hydrate, or N-oxide thereof, wherein Ri and R2 may be defined according to any of the embodiments described above in connection with the inventive compounds according to formula (lb),
or,
a combination of two more compounds according to any of formula (la') and (lb), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
[0071] Exemplary compounds according to formula (la') include
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
40
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
or a stereoisomer, partial stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid hydrate, or N-oxide thereof.
[0072] In some embodiments, the methods provided herein inhibit an M2 proton channel (i.e., M2 protein or M2) of an influenza virus (including M2 of an influenza A virus and/or BM2 of an influenza B virus). In some embodiments, the M2 belongs to a wild type influenza virus. In some embodiments, the M2 belongs to an influenza virus strain that is resistant to the existing anti-influenza drugs (such as amantadine and/or rimantadine), for example, a S3 IN mutant. The mutant virus may comprise an influenza virus having the L26F mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the V27G mutation, the V27I mutation, the V27T mutation, the V27S mutation, or the V27A mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the A30T mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the S31 A mutation or the S3 IN mutation; may an influenza virus having the G34E mutation or the G34A mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the L38F mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the W41L mutation or the W41Y mutation; may comprise an influenza virus having the D44N mutation or the D44H mutation; and/or may comprise an influenza virus having the R45K mutation or the R45H mutation.
[0073] In some embodiments, the methods provided herein inhibit VP24 of an Ebola or a Marburg virus.
[0074] In some embodiments, the methods provided herein inhibit NS3 protein of a Bluetongue virus.
[0075] In some embodiments, the methods provided herein inhibit a viroporin of a picomavirus, foot and mouth disease virus, African horse sickness virus, or Japanese encephalitis virus.
[0076] In some embodiments, the compounds and/or salts provided herein can inhibit (i.e., decrease activity of) an M2 proton channel of an influenza virus (including M2 of an influenza A virus; BM2 of an influenza B virus, M2 of a wild type influenza virus, and/or M2 of a drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN influenza or other drug-resistant strains) by, for example, binding to the transmembrane region of M2 and interfering with proton conduction inside the virus and ultimately preventing the replication of the virus. In some embodiments, the compounds and/or salts provided herein can inhibit M2 and prevent viral maturation and release from the host cell. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating influenza (including wild type influenza and/or drug resistant influenza such as S3 IN influenza or other drug-resistant strains) in a patient (including a human or another animal) comprising contacting the patient with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (la'), (lb), or (II) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the method is a method for treating influenza that is a wild type. In some embodiments, the method is for treating influenza that is resistant to one or more of the existing anti-influenza drugs. In some embodiments, the method is a method for treating influenza that is resistant to amantadine and/or rimantadine.
[0077] In some embodiments, the compounds and/or salts provided herein can inhibit other integral membrane proteins that possess viroporin activity similar to the M2 protein (for example, VP24 of Ebola and Marburg viruses, NS3 protein of a Bluetongue virus, and a viroporin of a picomavirus, foot and mouth disease virus, African horse sickness virus, or Japanese encephalitis virus). Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis in a patient (including a human or another animal) comprising contacting the patient with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (la'), (lb), or (II) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the method is a method for treating Ebola or Marburg in a patient. In some embodiments, the method is a method for treating Bluetongue in a patient. In some embodiments, the method is a method of treating a picomavirus infection, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, or Japanese encephalitis in a patient.
[0078] Methods of measuring inhibition of M2 protein of an influenza vims (or other integral membrane proteins that possess viroporin activity similar to the M2 protein (for example, VP24 of Ebola and Marburg vimses, NS3 protein of a Bluetongue vims, and a viroporin of a picomavims, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, or Japanese encephalitis vims) are routine in the art.
[0079] The present invention further provides methods for treating viral infections such as influenza, Ebola, Marburg, bluetongue, foot and mouth disease, African horse sickness, and Japanese encephalitis in an individual (e.g., patient) by administering to the individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of formula (la'), (lb), or (II) as defined herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. [0080] As used herein, the term "cell" is meant to refer to a cell that is in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo. In some embodiments, an ex vivo cell can be paroom temperatureof a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal. In some embodiments, an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture. In some embodiments, an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal.
[0081] As used herein, the term "contacting" refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system. For example, "contacting" the M2 protein (i.e., the M2 proton channel) of an influenza virus with a compound in the invention may include the administration of a compound in the present invention to an individual or patient, such as a human, having an influenza infection, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation containing the M2 protein.
[0082] As used herein, the term "individual" or "patient," used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, such as mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, such as humans.
[0083] As used herein, the phrase "therapeutically effective amount" refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
(1) preventing the disease; for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease;
(2) inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., including arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology); and
(3) ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., including reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
[0084] A subject or patient in whom administration of the therapeutic compound is an effective therapeutic regimen for a disease or disorder is preferably a human, but can be any animal, including a laboratory animal in the context of a clinical trial or screening or activity experiment. Thus, as can be readily appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, the methods, compounds and compositions of the present invention are particularly suited to administration to any animal, particularly a mammal, and including, but by no means limited to, humans, domestic animals, such as feline or canine subjects, farm animals, such as but not limited to bovine, equine, caprine, ovine, and porcine subjects, wild animals (whether in the wild or in a zoological garden), research animals, such as mice, rats, rabbits, goats, sheep, pigs, dogs, cats, and the like, avian species, such as chickens, turkeys, songbirds, and the like, i.e., for veterinary medical use.
[0085] The compounds of this invention may be administered orally or parenterally, neat or in combination with conventional pharmaceutical carriers, diluents, or excipients, which may be liquid or solid. The applicable solid carrier, diluent, or excipient may function as, among other things, a binder, disintegrant, filler, lubricant, glidant, compression aid, processing aid, color, sweetener, preservative, suspensing/dispersing agent, tablet-disintegrating agent, encapsulating material, film former or coating, flavors, or printing ink. Of course, any material used in preparing any dosage unit form is preferably pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the active compound may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations. Parenteral administration in this respect includes administration by, inter alia, the following routes: intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraocular, intrasynovial, transepithelial including transdermal, ophthalmic, sublingual and buccal; topically including ophthalmic, dermal, ocular, rectal and nasal inhalation via insufflation, aerosol, and rectal systemic.
[0086] In powders, the carrier, diluent, or excipient may be a finely divided solid that is in admixture with the finely divided active ingredient. In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier, diluent or excipient having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. For oral therapeutic administration, the active compound may be incorporated with the carrier, diluent, or excipient and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. The amount of active compound(s) in such therapeutically useful compositions is preferably such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. The therapeutic compositions preferably contain up to about 99% of the active ingredient. [0087] Liquid carriers, diluents, or excipients may be used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elixirs, and the like. The active ingredient of this invention can be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both, or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fat. The liquid carrier, excipient, or diluent can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, or osmo-regulators.
[0088] Suitable solid carriers, diluents, and excipients may include, for example, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose,
microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes, ion exchange resins, croscarmellose carbon, acacia, pregelatinized starch, crospovidone, HPMC, povidone, titanium dioxide, polycrystalline cellulose, aluminum methahydroxide, agar-agar, tragacanth, or mixtures thereof.
[0089] Suitable examples of liquid carriers, diluents and excipients for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil), or mixtures thereof.
[0090] For parenteral administration, the carrier, diluent, or excipient can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Also contemplated are sterile liquid carriers, diluents, or excipients, which are used in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration. Solutions of the active compounds as free bases or pharmacologically acceptable salts can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as hydroxypropylcellulose. A dispersion can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
[0091] The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include, for example, sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form is preferably sterile and fluid to provide easy syringability. It is preferably stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and is preferably preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier, diluent, or excipient may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of a dispersion, and by the use of
surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms may be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be achieved by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
[0092] Sterile injectable solutions may be prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amounts, in the appropriate solvent, with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions may be prepared by incorporating the sterilized active ingredient into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation may include vacuum drying and the freeze drying technique that yields a powder of the active ingredient or ingredients, plus any additional desired ingredient from the previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
[0093] The compounds of the invention may be administered in an effective amount by any of the conventional techniques well-established in the medical field. The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention including the compounds of formula (la'), (lb), or (II), may be administered by any means that results in the contact of the active agents with the agents' site or sites of action in the body of a patient. The compounds may be administered by any conventional means available.
[0094] Preferably the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage form, e.g. as tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, wafers, granules, suppositories, or the like. In such form, the composition is sub-divided in unit dose containing appropriate quantities of the active ingredient; the unit dosage forms can be packaged compositions, for example packeted powders, vials, ampoules, prefilled syringes or sachets containing liquids. The unit dosage form can be, for example, a capsule or tablet itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any such compositions in package form. In addition, dosage forms of the present invention can be in the form of capsules wherein one active ingredient is compressed into a tablet or in the form of a plurality of microtablets, particles, granules or non-perils. These microtablets, particles, granules or non-perils are then placed into a capsule or compressed into a capsule, possibly along with a granulation of the another active ingredient.
[0095] The dosage of the compounds of the present invention that will be most suitable for prophylaxis or treatment will vary with the form of administration, the particular compound chosen and the physiological characteristics of the particular patient under treatment. Generally, small dosages may be used initially and, if necessary, increased by small increments until the desired effect under the circumstances is reached. Generally speaking, oral administration may require higher dosages.
[0096] The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day. The sub-dose itself may be further divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations. The dose may also be provided by controlled release of the compound, by techniques well known to those in the art.
[0097] Additional information regarding the preparation of the present compounds for administration and the formulation of compositions according to the present invention is provided infra.
[0098] The compounds useful in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art. The compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods as described below, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan. The reagents used in the preparation of the compounds of this invention can be either commercially obtained or can be prepared by standard procedures described in the literature. All processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including milligram, gram, multigram, kilogram, multikilogram or commercial industrial scale. [0099] For compounds herein in which a variable appears more than once, each variable can be a different moiety selected from the Markush group defining the variable. For example, where a structure is described having two R groups that are simultaneously present on the same compound, the two R groups can represent different moieties selected from the Markush group defined for R.
[0100] It is further appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.
[0101] The present invention is further defined in the following Examples. It should be understood that these examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the invention, are given by way of illustration only, and should not be construed as limiting the appended claims From the above discussion and these examples, one skilled in the art can ascertain the essential characteristics of this invention, and without departing from the spirit and scope thereof, can make various changes and modifications of the invention to adapt it to various usages and conditions.
EXAMPLES
[0102] General Synthesis. The compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or suitable process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
[0103] The processes described herein can be monitored according to any suitable method known in the art. For example, product formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13C NMR), infrared spectroscopy (IR), spectrophotometry {e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by
chromatography such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography. [0104] Preparation of compounds can involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. The chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in P. G. M. Wuts and T. Greene, Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 2006, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0105] The reactions of the processes described herein can be carried out in suitable solvents which can be readily selected by one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials (reactants), the
intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's boiling temperature. A given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected. The compounds of the invention can be prepared, for example, using the reaction pathways and techniques as described below.
General procedures
[0106] Procedure A: Amine (1.2 equiv) and aldehyde/ketone (1.0 equiv) were mixed in methanol and then treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (3.0eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water, and the product was extracted with butanol. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SC"4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12).
Figure imgf000060_0001
[0107] Procedure B: Amine (1 equiv) and aldehyde/ketone (leq) were mixed in 1,2- dichloroethane and then treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.4eq) and AcOH (leq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding 1 N NaOH, and the product was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, and concentrated under reduced pressure after filtration. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10%
CH30H/CH2C12).
Figure imgf000061_0001
[0108] Procedure C: Adamantane (1 eq) and aldehyde (1 eq) were mixed, and 2 ml of titanium (IV) isopropoxide was added. The resulting slurry was heated to 100 °C and stirred overnight. Then the solution was cooled down to 0 °C in ice bath, methanol was added and sodium boronhydride (4 eq) was added portionwise in 10 mins. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was then purified by silica gel flash column chromatography to give the final product (5- 10% C
Figure imgf000061_0002
[0109] Procedure D: The chloride/bromide (1 eq), amantadine (1.5 eq) was dissolved in isopropanol, Csl (0.1 eq) and triethyl amine (2 eq) were then added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was extracted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was then purified by silica gel flash column chromatography to give the final product (5- 10% CH30H/CH2C12).
Figure imgf000062_0001
[0110] Procedure E: Acid (1.0 equiv) was added to a solution (0.5 M) of HO AT (1.5 equiv) and EDCI (1.5 equiv) in anhydrous DMF and stirring was continued for 1 h. Then, amine (1.5 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile amid.
[0111] To a solution of above amide (1.0 equiv) in anhydrous THF was added dropwise of L1AIH4 solution (2.0 M in THF) (4 equiv) at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 10 h at reflux. The solution was then cooled to 0 °C and quenched by H20/1N NaOH/H20 protocol. After the mixture was stirred for 1 h, the solid was removed by filtration. The resulting solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10%
CH30H/CH2C12).
Figure imgf000062_0002
[0112] Procedure F: A Biotage microwave vial was charged with Pd(OAc)2 (3 mol %), RuPhos (6 mol %), halide (1 equiv), potassium trifluoroborate (1.3 equiv), and Na2C03 (2 equiv). The test tube was sealed with a cap lined with a disposable Teflon septum, evacuated and purged (x 3). Degassed ethanol (0.18 M) was added via syringe and the reaction was heated at 85 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered through a thin pad of celite (elution with EtOAc). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2).
Figure imgf000063_0001
KBF3, Na2C03
EtOH, 85 °C
[0113] Procedure G: A mixture of aryl halide (1.0 equiv), boronic acid (1.2 equiv), K2C03 (2.0 equiv), and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (10% mol) in dioxane/H20 (v/v 5: 1) was heated at 80 °C under inert environment for 2 h. The solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the title compound.
Figure imgf000063_0002
Pd(dppf)CI2
K2C03, Dioxane/H20
80 °C
[0114] Procedure H: A Biotage microwave vial was charged with Pd(OAc)2 (3 mol %>), XPhos (6 mol %>), halide (1 equiv), potassium trifluoroborate (1.3 equiv), and K2C03 (3 equiv). The vial was sealed with a cap lined with a disposable Teflon septum, evacuated and purged (x 3). Degassed THF (3.8 mL) and H20 (0.38 mL) were added via syringe, and the reaction was heated at 100 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt and extracted with CH2C12 (x 3) and dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Unless otherwise specified, the crude product was purified by HPLC.
Figure imgf000063_0003
Pd(OAc)2, XPhos,
KBF3, and K2C03
THF/H20, 100 °C [0115] Procedure I: The corresponding alcohol was dissolved in THF and triphenylphosphine(leq) was added. After cooling to -20 oC using 50% iPrOH/dry ice bath, NBS (leq) was added to the mixture. After 5 min stirring at the same temperature, adamantan-1- ylamine (2eq) was added and the temperature was raised to rt and stirred for 2h. The crude mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and filtered to remove triphenylphosphine oxide.The filtrated was concentrated and the product was isolated by RP-HPLC.
Figure imgf000064_0001
[0116] Procedure j: 2-chloro-N-hydroxyacetimidamide (leq) and acid chloride (leq) in DMF was cooled to 0°C in ice bath, TEA (leq) was added dropwise. After addition, the mixture was heated to 135°C for 4hrs. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic phases was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The intermediate chloride was used for the next step alkylation without further purification.
Figure imgf000064_0002
[0117] Procedure K: A KOlBu (1.2 eq) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of dimethyl oxalate (1.1 eq) and ketone (1 eq) in toluene. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by IN HCl, followed by concentration under reduced pressure. The resulting aqueous slurry was extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude ester (leq) was dissolved in MeOH, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2eq) was added, and the solution was heated to 50°C for 4 hrs. The resulting isoxazole carboxylate was purified by flash column chromatography (60-100%) DCM/Hexane). The ester was subsequently reduced by NaBH4 (3eq) in MeOH for 2 hrs at room temperature. The alcohol intermediate was used for the next step bromination without further purification. For bromination, the alcohol (leq) and CBr4 (1.5eq) in DCM was cooled to 0°C, PPh3 (1.5 eq) was added and the solution was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hrs. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired bromide intermediate. Final alkylation was performed by following general procedure E.
[0118] General Procedure L. A mixture of halophenol (1 eq), anhydrous magnesium dichloride (1.5 eq), and triethylamine (3.75 eq) in acetonitrile (0.32 M) was stirred at rt under N2. Dry (P2O5) paraformaldehyde (6.8 eq) was added to the mixture dropwise and after the addition was complete, the mixture was refluxed for 72 h. Then the mixture was acidified with 5% HCl and extracted with diethyl ether (x 3). The ethereal solution was washed with H20 (x 2) and brine and then dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound.
Figure imgf000065_0001
X = F, CI, Br, I
[0119]Example 1/IMX559
Figure imgf000065_0002
Adamantan-l-ylmethyl-[2-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-amine Based on general procedure A, from adamantane-l-carbaldehyde and 2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)- ethylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 260 [M+H]+.
[0120] Example 2/IMX563
Figure imgf000066_0001
2-[(adamantan-l-ylmethyl)-amino]-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propan-l-ol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantane-l-carbaldehyde and 2-Amino-3-(3H-imidazol- 4-yl)-propionic acid methyl ester, 2-[(Adamantan-l-ylmethyl)-amino]-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)- propionic acid methyl ester. Reduction of the ester with LAH gave the title compound. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 290 [M+H]+.
[0121] Example 3/ IMX558
Figure imgf000066_0002
2-[(Adamantan-l-ylmethyl)-amino]-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionic acid methyl ester
Based on general procedure A, from adamantane-l-carbaldehyde and 2-Amino-3-(3H-imidazol- 4-yl)-propionic acid methyl ester, a white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 318 [M+H]+.
[0122] Example 4/ IMX574
Figure imgf000066_0003
4-[(l-Adamantan-l-yl-ethylamino)-methyl]-phenol Based on general procedure A, from 1-adamantan-l-yl-ethylamine and 4-Hydroxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 286 [M+H]+.
[0123] Example 8/ IMX583
Figure imgf000067_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-benzyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and benzaldehyde, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 242 [M+H]+.
[0124] Example 91 IMX 557
Figure imgf000067_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde, an off- white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 258 [M+H]+.
[0125] Example 10/ IMX576
Figure imgf000067_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methylamino-benzyl)-amine Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and (4-Formyl-phenyl)-methyl- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, followed with deprotection with HC1, a white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 271 [M+H]+
[0126] Example 11/ IMX 569
Figure imgf000068_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-amino-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and (4-Formyl-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, followed with deprotection with HC1, an off-white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 257 [M+H]+.
[0127] Example 12/ IMX579
Figure imgf000068_0002
[4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and (4-Formyl-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, an off-white solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 357 [M+H]+.
[0128] Example 13/ IMX572
Figure imgf000069_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-aminomethyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and (4-Formyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, followed with deprotection with HC1, an of-white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 271 [M+H]+.
[0129] Example 14/ IMX571
Figure imgf000069_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzonitrile
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Formyl-benzonitrile, a solid (78%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 267 [M+H]+.
[0130] Example 15/ IMX570
Figure imgf000069_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzyl]-amine Based on general procedure A, from 4-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzonitrile (IMX571) with NaN3, an off-white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 310 [M+H]+.
[0131] Example 16/ IMX586
Figure imgf000070_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Methoxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (90%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 272 [M+H]+.
[0132] Example 17/ IMX584
Figure imgf000070_0002
N- [4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl] -acetamide
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-(4-Formyl-phenyl)-acetamide, a white solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 242 [M+H]+.
[0133] Example 18/ IMX585
Figure imgf000070_0003
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzamide Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-(4-Formyl-phenyl)-acetamide, a white solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 285 [M+H]+.
[0134] Example 19/ IMX590/ M2WJ261
Figure imgf000071_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-nitro-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Nitro-benzaldehyde, an off- white solid (89%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 287 [M+H]+.
[0135] Example 20/ IMX627
Figure imgf000071_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-ethoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-ethoxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 286 [M+H]+.
[0136] Example 21/ IMX629
Figure imgf000071_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-(Furan-2-ylmetfioxy)- benzaldehyde, a white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 338 [M+H]+.
[0137] Example 22/ IMX630
Figure imgf000072_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-(furan-3-ylmetfioxy)- benzaldehyde, a white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 338 [M+H]+.
[0138] Example 23/ IMX613/ M2WJ275
Figure imgf000072_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-methylsulfanyl-benzaldehyde, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 288[M+H]+.
[0139] Example 24/ IMX614
Figure imgf000073_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methanesulfinyl-benzyl)-amine
Treating adamantan-l-yl-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine (based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-methylsulfanyl-benzaldehyde) with mCPBA (1.1 equiv) at room temperature gave adamantan-l-yl-(4-methanesulfinyl-benzyl)-amine as a solid (90%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 304[M+H]
[0140] Example 25/ M2WJ305
Figure imgf000073_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methanesulfonyl-benzyl)-amine
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine (based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-methylsulfanyl-benzaldehyde) with mCPBA (2.3 equiv) at room temperature gave the title compound as a solid (yield: 82%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 320 [M+H]+.
[0141] Example 26/ IMX615/ M
Figure imgf000073_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-trifluoromethylsulfanyl- benzaldehyde, a off-white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 342 [M+H]+.
[0142] Example 27/ IMX6 00
Figure imgf000074_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Fluoro-benzaldehyde, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 260 [M+H]+.
[0143] Example 28/ IMX599
Figure imgf000074_0002
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 258 [M+H]+.
[0144] Example 29/ IMX598
Figure imgf000074_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(2-methoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-methoxy-benzaldehyde, an off- white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 272 [M+H]+. [0145] Example 30/ IMX591
Figure imgf000075_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(2-nitro-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-Nitro-benzaldehyde, an off- white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 287 [M+H]+.
[0146] Example 31/ IMX582
Figure imgf000075_0002
3-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-Hydroxy-benzaldehyde, an off- white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 258 [M+H]+.
[0147] Example 32/ IMX637
Figure imgf000075_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-methyl-amine
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (l .oO equiv) (based on procedure A, from Adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-methoxy-benzaldehyde) with Mel (1.2 equiv) in DMF gave the title compound as a white solid (90%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 286[M+B]+.
[0148] Example 33/ M2WJ280
Figure imgf000076_0001
Acetic acid 4-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl ester
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and acetic acid 4-formyl-phenyl ester (yield: 64%). Data: MS mlz 300 [M+H]+.
[0149] Example 34/ M2WJ312
Figure imgf000076_0002
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 4-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl ester
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 4-formyl- phenyl ester (yield: 68%). Data: MS mlz 326 [M+H]+.
[0150] Example 35/ M2WJ308
Figure imgf000076_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-pyrazol-l-yl-benzyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-pyrazol-l-yl-benzaldehyde (yield: 82%). Data: MS mlz 308[M+H]+.
[0151] Example 36/ M2WJ309
Figure imgf000077_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-imidazol-l-yl-benzyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Imidazol-l-yl-benzaldehyde (yield: 78%). Data: MS mlz 308[M+H]+.
[0152] Example 37 M2WJ313
Figure imgf000077_0002
Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl ester
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-formyl- phenyl ester (yield: 74%). Data: MS mlz 368 [M+H]+.
[0153] Example 38/ BCOOl
Figure imgf000077_0003
3-((4-((Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)propanenitrile Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-((4- formylphenyl)(methyl)amino)-propanenitrile, a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 324.28 [M+H]+.
[0154] Example 39/ BC002
Figure imgf000078_0001
2-(4-((Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenoxy)acetamide
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(4-formylphenoxy)acetamide, a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 315.09 [M+H]+.
[0155] Example 40/ BC004
Figure imgf000078_0002
Adamantan- l-yl-(4- [ 1 ,2,4] oxadiazol-3-yl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-(l,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)benzaldehyde, a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 310.00 [M+H]+.
[0156] Example 41/ BC005
Figure imgf000078_0003
N-(4-Bromobenzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure 2, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-bromobenzaldehyde, a light yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 320.13 and 322.27 [M+H]+.
[0157] Example 42/ BC015
Figure imgf000079_0001
N-(4-(Furan-3-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure 3, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium furan-2-yltrifluoroborate, a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 308.04 [M+H]4
[0158] Example 43/ BC016
Figure imgf000079_0002
l-(3-(4-((Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)ethanone
Based on general procedure D, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium (2- acetylthiophen)-3-yltrifluoroborate, after an HLPC purification a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 366.14 [M+H]+.
[0159] Example 44/ BC018
Figure imgf000080_0001
N-(4-(Thiophen-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium thiophen-2-yltrifluoroborate, after an HPLC purification a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 324.16 [M+H]+.
[0160] Example 45/ IMX564
Figure imgf000080_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,2-diol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3,4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 21 [M+H]+.
[0161] Example 46/ IMX589
Figure imgf000080_0003
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 274 [M+H]+.
[0162] Example 47/ IMX 566
Figure imgf000081_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-chloro-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-Chloro-4-hydroxy- benzaldehyde, a off-white solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 292 [M+H]+.
[0163] Example 48/ IMX 573
Figure imgf000081_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-fluoro-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-Fluoro-4-hydroxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 276 [M+H]+.
[0164] Example 49/ IMX580
Figure imgf000081_0003
[4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and Benzo[l,3]dioxole-5- carbaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 286 [M+H]+.
[0165] Example 50/ IMX581
Figure imgf000082_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-methoxy-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Hydroxy-3-methoxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0166] Example 51/ IMX567
Figure imgf000082_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-methyl-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Hydroxy-3-methyl- benzaldehyde, a white solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 212 [M+H]+,
[0167] Example 52/ M2WJ25
Figure imgf000082_0003
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-nitro-phenol
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-Hydroxy-3-nitro-benzaldehyde, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: MS mlz 303[M+B]+.
[0168] Example 53/ IMX597
Figure imgf000083_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3-methoxy-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-Hydroxy-4-methoxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0169] Example 54/ IMX625
Figure imgf000083_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,4-difluoro-benzaldehyde, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 278 [M+H]+.
[0170] Example 55/ IMX620
Figure imgf000083_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(2,4-bis-methylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (1.0 equiv) (based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,4-difluoro-benzaldehyde) with CH3SNa (3.0 equiv) in DMF at 170°C for 20 h gave the title compound as a yellow solid (38%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 334 [M+H]+.
[0171] Example 56/IMX 596
Figure imgf000084_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3-methoxy-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-hydroxy-2-methoxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0172] Example 57/ IMX636
Figure imgf000084_0002
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-5-benzyloxy-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-benzyloxy-2-hydroxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 364[M+U]+.
[0173] Example 58/ M2WJ279
Figure imgf000084_0003
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3-chloro-phenol
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-chloro-4-hydroxy- benzaldehyde (yield: 47%).. Data: MS mlz 292 [M+H]+.
[0174] Example 59/ M2WJ296
Figure imgf000085_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(2,4-dimethoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,4-dimethoxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 74%). Data: MS mlz 302 [M+H]+.
[0175] Example 60/ M2WJ307
Figure imgf000085_0002
Acetic acid 4-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3-hydroxy-phenyl ester
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and acetic acid 4-formyl-3 -hydroxy phenyl ester (yield: 63%). Data: MS mlz 316 [M+H]+.
[0176] Example 61 M2WJ290
Figure imgf000085_0003
5-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-methoxy-phenol
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-hydroxy-4-methoxy- benzaldehyde (yield: 55%).. Data: MS mlz 288[M+H]+.
[0177] Example 62/ M2WJ268
Figure imgf000086_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl- benzaldehyde (yield: 89%). Data: MS mlz 328[M+H]+.
[0178] Example 63/ M2WJ277
Figure imgf000086_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(2-fluoro-5-methoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-Fluoro-5-methoxy- benzaldehyde (yield: 53%). Data: MS mlz 289 [M+H]+.
[0179] Example 64/
Figure imgf000086_0003
3-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,2-diol
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,3-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 36%). Data: MS mlz 274 [M+H]+.
[0180] Example 65/ IMX624
Figure imgf000087_0001
4-(Adamantan- l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene- 1 ,2,3-triol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,3,4-trihydroxy-benzaldehyde, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 290 [M+H]+.
[0181] Example 66/ IMX595
Figure imgf000087_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3,5-dimethoxy-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethoxy- benzaldehyde, a off-white solid (79%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 318 [M+H]+.
[0182] Example 67/ IMX611
Figure imgf000087_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 307[M+U]+.
[0183] Example 68/ IMX568
Figure imgf000088_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2-chloro-6-fluoro-phenol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-hydroxy- benzaldehyde, a white solid (61%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 310 [M+H]+.
[0184] Example 69/ IMX612
Figure imgf000088_0002
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3,5-difluoro-phenol
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (from adamantan-l- ylamine and 3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde) with BBr3 at -78°C gave the title compound as a solid (85%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 294 [M+H]+.
[0185] Example 70/ IMX594
Figure imgf000088_0003
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,3,5-triol
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,4,6-trihydroxy-benzaldehyde, an off-white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 290 [M+H]+.
[0186] Example 71/ M2WJ260
Figure imgf000089_0001
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-phenol
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4- hydroxybenzaldehyde, a solid (yield: 61%) is obtained. Data: MS mlz 195 [M+H]+.
[0187] Example 72/ IMX593
Figure imgf000089_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and pyridine-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 243 [M+H]+.
[0188] Example 73/ IMX592
Figure imgf000089_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and pyridine-4-carbaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 243 [M+H]+.
[0189] Example 74/ M2WJ306
Figure imgf000090_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(l-oxy-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and l-Oxy-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (yield: 79%). MS mlz 243 [M+H]+.
[0190] Example 75/ IMX587
Figure imgf000090_0002
5-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-amino-pyrimidine-5- carbaldehyde, a white solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 259 [M+H]+.
[0191] Example 76/ IMX641
Figure imgf000090_0003
Adamantan- 1-yl- [5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-fur an-2-ylmethyl] -amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-furan-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid (XX%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 377 [M+H]+.
[0192] Example 77/ IMX604
Figure imgf000091_0001
[5-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-furan-2-yl]-methanol
From adamantan-l-ylamine and 5-Hydroxymethyl-furan-2-carbaldehyde, a solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 262 [M+H]+.
[0193] Example 78/ BC007
Figure imgf000091_0002
N-([2,2'-Bithiophen]-5-ylmethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and [2,2'-bithiophene]-5- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 330 [M+H]+.
[0194] Example 79/ IMX606
Figure imgf000091_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and thieno[2,3-b]thiophene-2- carboxylic acid, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 304 [M+H]+.
[0195] Example 80/ IMX610
Figure imgf000092_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-5- carboxylic acid, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 287 [M+H]+.
[0196] Example 81/ IMX621
Figure imgf000092_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[3,2-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and thieno[3,2-b]thiophene-2- carboxylic acid, an off-white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 304 [M+H]+.
[0197] Example 82/ IMX634
Figure imgf000092_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-5- carboxylic acid, an off-white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 304 [M+H]+.
[0198] Example 83/ IMX635
Figure imgf000093_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[2,3-b]furan-5-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and thieno[2,3-b]furan-5-carboxylic acid, a pink solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0199] Example 84/ IMX648
Figure imgf000093_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(4,6-dihydro-thieno[3,4-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4,6-Dihydro-thieno[3,4- b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 306
[M+H]+.
[0200] Example 85/ IMX644
Figure imgf000093_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-4H-5A4-thieno[3,4-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(4,6-dihydro-thieno[3,4-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (1.0 equiv) with mCPBA (1.2 equiv) at room temperaturegave the title compound as an off-white solid (72%). Data: LC/MS (ESRj mlz 322 [M+H]+.
[0201] Example 86/ M2WJ264
Figure imgf000094_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and imidazo[2,l-b]thiazole-6-carbaldehyde (68%). Data: MS mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0202] Example 87/ M2WJ298
Figure imgf000094_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-chloro-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 5-chloro-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazole-6- carbaldehyde (yield: 58%). Data: MS mlz 322 [M+H]+.
[0203] Example 88/ IMX622
Figure imgf000094_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-benzo[b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and benzo[b]thiophene-2-carbaldehyde, an off-white solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 298 [M+H]+.
[0204] Example 89/ IMX631
Figure imgf000095_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and benzofuran-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 281 [M+H]+.
[0205] Example 90/ IMX626
Figure imgf000095_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-thieno [2,3-b] pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 298 [M+H]+.
[0206] Example 91/ IMX632
Figure imgf000095_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and benzothiazole-2-carbaldehyde, an off- white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 299 [M+H]+.
[0207] Example 92/ IMX633
Figure imgf000096_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and lH-benzoimidazole-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 282 [M+H]+.
[0208] Example 93/ IMX642
Figure imgf000096_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-indol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and lH-indole-2-carbaldehyde, an off-white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 281 [M+H]+.
[0209] Example 94/ IMX623
Figure imgf000096_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(3H-benzoimidazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3H-benzoimidazole-5-carbaldehyde, an off-white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 282 [M+H]+.
[0210] Example 95/ M2WJ311
Figure imgf000097_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-indazol-6-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and lH-Indazole-6-carbaldehyde (yield: 63%). Data: MS mlz 282 [M+H]+.
[0211] Example 96/ M2WJ303
Figure imgf000097_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-indol-4-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-l-ylamine and lH-Indole-4-carbaldehyde (yield: 71%).. Data: MS mlz 281 [M+H]+.
[0212] Example 97/ IMX639
Figure imgf000097_0003
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-naphthalen-l-ol
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and l-hydroxy-naphthalene-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 308 [M+H]+.
[0213] Example 98/ IMX640
Figure imgf000098_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-quinolin-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and quinoline-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 293 [M+H]+.
[0214] Example 99/ M2WJ
Figure imgf000098_0002
4-(Adamantan-2-ylaminomethyl)-phenol
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 65%). Data: MS mlz 258 [M+H]+.
[0215] Example 100/ M2
Figure imgf000098_0003
4-(Adamantan-2-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 42%). Data: MS mlz 274 [M+H]+.
[0216] Example 101/ M2
Figure imgf000098_0004
4-(Adamantan-2-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,2-diol
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 3,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 38%). Data: MS mlz 274 [M+H]+.
[0217] Example 102/ M2WJ286
Figure imgf000099_0001
4- [ l-(Adamantan-2-ylamino)-ethyl] -benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and l-(2,4-dihydroxy-phe
Data: MS mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0218] Example 103/ M2WJ297
Figure imgf000099_0002
Adamantan-2-yl-(4-methylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 4-methylsulfanyl-benzaldehyde (yield: 68%). Data: MS mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0219] Example 104/ M2WJ286
Figure imgf000099_0003
l-Adamantan-2-yl-piperidin-4-ol
Based on procedure B, from Adamantan-2-one and Piperidin-4-ol. Data: MS mlz 236 [M+H]
[0220] Example 105/ M2
Figure imgf000099_0004
Adamantan-2-yl-(2,3-dihydro-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 2,3-dihydro-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazole-6 carbaldehyde (yield: 68%). Data: MS mlz 290 [M+H]+.
[0221] Example 106/ M2WJ302
Figure imgf000099_0005
Adamantan-2-yl-(2-methyl-imidazo [2, 1-b] [ 1 ,3,4] thiadiazol-6-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and 2-Methyl-imidazo[2,l- b][l,3,4]thiadiazole-6-carbaldehyde (yield: 52%). Data: MS m/z 303 [M+H]+.
[0222] Example 107/ M2WJ314
Figure imgf000100_0001
Adamantan-2-yl-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl-amine
Based on procedure B, from adamantan-2-ylamine and Imidazo[2,l-b]thiazole-6-carbaldehyde (yield: 71%). Data: MS m/z 288 [M+H]+.
[0223] Example 108/ M2WJ282
Figure imgf000100_0002
4- [(4,4-Dimethyl-cyclohexylamino)-methyl] -benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 4,4-dimethyl-cyclohexylamine and 2,4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 43%). Data: MS m/z 250 [M+H]+.
[0224] Example 109/ M2WJ294
Figure imgf000100_0003
4- [(4-tert-Butyl-cyclohexylamino)-methyl] -benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 4-tert-Butyl-cyclohexylamineand 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 57%). Data: MS m/z 278 [M+H]+.
[0225] Example 110/ M2WJ285
Figure imgf000101_0001
4-(Tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-ylaminomethyl)-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-ylamine and 2,4
dihydroxybenzaldehyde (yield: 37%). Data: MS mlz 288 [M+H]+.
[0226] Example 111/ M2
Figure imgf000101_0002
4-[(Hexahydro-2,5-methano-pentalen-3a-ylamino)-methyl]-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from hexahydro-2,5-methano-pentalen-3a-ylamine and 2,4-dihydroxy- benzaldehyde (yield: 49%). Data: MS mlz 260 [M+H]+.
[0227] Example 112/ M2WJ287
Figure imgf000101_0003
4- [(1 ,1 ,3,3-Tetramethyl-butylamino)-methyl] -benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 1,1,3,3-Tetramethyl-butylamine and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 74%). Data: MS mlz 252 [M+H]+.
[0228] Example 113/ M
Figure imgf000101_0004
4-[(3-Trimethylsilanyl-propylamino)-methyl]-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 3-Trimethylsilanyl-propylamine and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 50%). Data: MS mlz 254 [M+H]+.
[0229] Example 114/ M2WJ293
Figure imgf000102_0001
4- { [(6,6-Dimethyl-bicyclo [3.1.1] he t-2-ylmethyl)-amino] -methyl}-benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from C-(6,6-Dimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]hept-2-yl)-methylamine and 2,4- dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 65%). Data: MS mlz 276 [M+H]+.
[0230] Example 115/ M2WJ288
Figure imgf000102_0002
4-(3-Aza-spiro[5.5]undec-3-ylmethyl)-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 3-Aza-spiro[5.5]undecane and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde (yield: 61%). Data: MS mlz 276 [M+H]+.
[0231] Example 116/ M2WJ292
Figure imgf000102_0003
4-(4-Aza-tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-4-ylmethyl)-benzene-l,3-diol
Based on procedure B, from 4-Aza-tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undecane and 2,4-dihydroxy- benzaldehyde (yield: 42%). Data: MS mlz 274 [M+H]+.
[0232] Example la/IMX627
Figure imgf000103_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-ethoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-ethoxy-benzaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 286 [M+H]+.
[0233] Example 2a/BC063
Figure imgf000103_0002
Potassium N-(4-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenyl)trifluoroborate (BC063)
See reference: Molander, G.A.; Trice, S.L.J.; Dreher, S.D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 131, 17701- 17703.
[0234] Example 3a/BC020
Figure imgf000103_0003
N-(3-Bromobenzyl)adamantan-l-amine (BC020)
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-bromobenzaldehyde, a light yellow oil was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 320.08/322.09 [M+H]+.
[0235] Example 4a /IMX673
Figure imgf000104_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-Trifluoromethoxy-benzaldehyde and adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 326 [M+H]+.
[0236] Example 5a /IMX674
Figure imgf000104_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-trifluoromethyl-benzaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 310 [M+H]+.
[0237] Example 6a /IMX676
Figure imgf000104_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-trimethylsilanyl-benzyl)-amine
Figure imgf000105_0001
A B
Follow procedure A, from 4-Bromo-benzaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine , adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine (A) was obtained as white solid (81%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]+.
To a solution of adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine (A) (320 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) at N2 atmosphere nBuLi (1.5 M in Hex, 1.0 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 °C. After the mixture was stirred for 20 min TMSC1 (140 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min before it was quenched with NH4C1 (sat'd) (5 mL). and the product was extracted with DCM (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give adamantan-l-yl-(4- trimethylsilanyl-benzyl)-amine a white solid (219 mg, 71%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 314 [M+H]+.
[0238] Example 7a/BC014
Figure imgf000105_0002
-(tert-Butyl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine methanesulfonate-(BC014)
Based on general procedure A, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-(tert-butyl)benzaldehyde. The pure free amine was dissolved in Et20 and cooled to 0 °C and MeS03H (1 equiv) was added under N2 and then mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and filtered to give a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 298.25 [M+H]+.
[0239] Example 8a/BC076
Figure imgf000106_0001
N-(4-Methylbenzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure F, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium methyltrifluoroborate, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 256.00 [M+H]+.
[0240] Example 9a/BC080
Figure imgf000106_0002
N-(4-Cyclopropylbenzyl)adamantan-l-amine (BC080)
Based on general procedure H, from adamantan-l-ylamine, and potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate, a white solid was obtained after column chromatography purification (0-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2). Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 282.18 [M+H]+.
[0241] Example 10a/IMX678
Figure imgf000106_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-cyclohexyl-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-Cyclohexyl-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m z 324 [M+H]+.
[0242] Example lla/WFD093
Figure imgf000107_0001
N-(l-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and l-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethanone, a white solid is obtained. Data: HPLC retention time 7.3 min (77% B, Xterra RP-C18, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 uM, mobile phase A: lOmM NH4HC03 buffer pH=9, mobile phase B: CH3CN, flow rate: 1.0 ml/min, 254 nm) LC/MS (ESR) m/z 286.3 [M+H]+.
[0243] Example 12a/WFD023
Figure imgf000107_0002
N-(4-(ethylthio)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 4-(ethylthio)benzaldehyde, a white solid is obtained. Data: HPLC retention time : 9.8 min (90% B, Xterra RP-C18, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 uM, mobile phase A: lOmM NH4HC03 buffer pH=9, mobile phase B: CH3CN, flow rate: 1.0 ml/min, 254 nm) LC/MS (ESR) m/z 302.3 [M+H]+.
[0244] Example 13a/ IMX00657
Figure imgf000108_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-phenoxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-Phenoxy-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 334 [M+H]+.
[0245] Example 14a/ IMX00649
Figure imgf000108_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(3-methoxy-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(3-Methoxy-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-l- ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 378 [M+H]+.
[0246] Example 15a/ IMX00650
Figure imgf000108_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-methoxy-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(2-Methoxy-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 378 [M+H]+.
[0247] Example 16a/ IMX00651
Figure imgf000109_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(4-chloro-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(4-Chloro-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 382 [M+H]+.
[0248] Example 17a/ IMX00651 ci
Figure imgf000109_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-chloro-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(2-Chloro-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 382 [M+H]+.
[0249] Example 18a/ IMX00653
Figure imgf000109_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(3-bromo-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(3-Bromo-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan- 1- ylamine, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 426 [M+H]+.
[0250] Example 19a/ IMX00654
Figure imgf000110_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-benzyl] -amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and
1-ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 416 [M+H]+.
[0251] Example 20a/ IMX00655
Figure imgf000110_0002
Adamantan-l-yl- [4-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-benzyl] -amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(Pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan- 1- ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 349 [M+H]+.
[0252] Example 21a/ IMX00656
Figure imgf000110_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-benzyloxy-benzyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, Adamantan-1 -yl-(4-benzyloxy-benzyl)-amine and Adamantan-1 - ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 348 [M+H]+.
[0253] Example 22a/ IMX00629
Figure imgf000111_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(furan-2-ylmethoxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(Furan-2-ylmethoxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1 -ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 338 [M+H]+.
[0254] Example 23a/ IMX00630
Figure imgf000111_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(furan-3-ylmethoxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(Furan-3-ylmethoxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1 -ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 338 [M+H]+.
[0255] Example 24a/IMX00658
Figure imgf000111_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(3-fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzyl] -amine
Based on general procedure A, 4-(3-Fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 366 [M+H]+.
[0256] Example 25a/IMX00659
Figure imgf000112_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-(2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 400 [M+H]+.
[0257] Example 26a/ WFD097 an 0663
Figure imgf000112_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from Biphenyl-4-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 318 [M+H]+.
[0258] Example 27a/IMX00694
Figure imgf000112_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine
Figure imgf000113_0001
According to Procedure A, adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine was made from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-bromo-benzaldehyde (76%). According to Procedure E, from adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine and 3-pyridylboronic acid, adamantan-I-yl-(4-pyridm- 3-yl-benzyl)-amine as a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 319 [M+H]+.
[0259] Example 28a/IMX00695
Figure imgf000113_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-benzyl]-amine Following the same sequence as example 27, from adamantan-l-ylamine, 4-bromo- benzaldehyde and (3-cyano-4-fiuorophenyl)boronic acid, adamantan-l-yl-[4-(2-chloro-4-fluoro- benzyloxy)-benzyl] -amine (69%) is obtained as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 361 [M+H]+.
[0260] Example 29a/BC018
Figure imgf000113_0003
N-(4-(Thiophen-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine methanesulfonate
Based on general procedure B, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (M2MJ325) and potassium (thiophen-2-yl)trifuoroborate. The pure free base was dissolved in Et20 and then cooled to 0 °C, MeSC H (1 equiv) was added under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and then filtered and dried in vacuo to provide a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 324.15 [M+H]+.
[0261] Example 30a/BC026
Figure imgf000114_0001
N-(3-(Furan-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure B, from N-(3-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC020) and potassium furan-2-yltrifluoroborate, a brown solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 308.23 [M+H]+.
[0262] Example 31a/ BC032
Figure imgf000114_0002
N-(4-(Furan-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine (BC032)
Based on general procedure 2, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC005) and potassium furan-2-ylfrifluoroborate, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 308.16 [M+H]+.
[0263] Example 32a/ BC047
Figure imgf000115_0001
N-(4-(5-Methylfuran-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine hydrochloride (BC047)
Based on general procedure B, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC005) and potassium 5-methyl-(furan-2-yl)trifluoroborate. The pure free base was dissolved in Et20 and then cooled to 0 °C, 2M HCl in ether (5 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and then concentrated and dried in vacuo to provide a white solid Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 322.14 [M+H]+.
[0264] Example 33a/ BC046
Figure imgf000115_0002
N-(4-(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine (BC046)
Based on general procedure B, from 4-(bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC005) and potassium (3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)trifluoroborate, a white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 337.19 [M+H]+.
[0265] Example 34a/ BC025
Figure imgf000115_0003
-(thiophen-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure B, from 3-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC020) and potassium thiophen-2-yltrifluoroborate, a light yellow oil was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 324.16 [M+H]+.
[0266] Example 35a/ BC034
Figure imgf000116_0001
N-(3-(Thiophen-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure 2, from N-((3-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC020) and potassium thiophen-3-yltrifluoroborate, a yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 324.16 [M+H]+.
[0267] Example 36a/WFD029
Figure imgf000116_0002
N-(4-(lH-imidazol-l-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 4-(lH-imidazol-l- yl)benzaldehyde, a white solid is obtained. Data: HPLC retention time : 6.5 min (70% B, Xterra RP-C18, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 uM, mobile phase A: lOmM NH4HC03 buffer pH=9, mobile phase B: CH3CN, flow rate: 1.0 ml/min, 254 nm) LC/MS (ESR) m/z 308.3 [M+H]+.
[0268] Example 37a/IMX00636
Figure imgf000117_0001
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-5-benzyloxy-phenol
Based on general procedure C, 4-Benzyloxy-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 364 [M+H]+.
[0269] Example 38a/M2WJ328
Figure imgf000117_0002
N-(4-(naphthalen-2-ylmethoxy)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from amantadine and 4-(naphthalen-2-ylmethoxy)benzaldehyde, a yellow solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 398.5 [M+H]+.
[0270] Example 39a/IMX00681
Figure imgf000117_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-quinolin-6-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, Quinoline-6-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (74%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 293 [M+H]+.
[0271] Example 40a/IMX00682
Figure imgf000118_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 6-Methoxy-naphthalene-2-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 322 [M+H]+.
[0272] Example 41a/WFDl 15
Figure imgf000118_0002
N-(benzo[b]thiophen-5-ylmethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and benzo[b]thiophene-5- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 298.2 [M+H]+.
[0273] Example 42a/WFD123
Figure imgf000118_0003
6-((adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-2H-chromen-2-one
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2-oxo-2H-chromene-6- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 310.2 [M+H]+.
[0274] Example 43a/WFDl 19
Figure imgf000119_0001
N-((lH-indazol-6-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and lH-indazole-6-carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained. Data: HPLC retention time : 5.5 min (70% B, Xterra RP-C18, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 uM, mobile phase A: lOmM NH4HC03 buffer pH=9, mobile phase B: CH3CN, flow rate: 1.0 ml/min, 254 nm) LC/MS (ES+) m/z 282.3 [M+H]+.
[0275] Example 44a/WFD008
Figure imgf000119_0002
l-(4-(adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenyl)ethanone
Synthesis of ester precursor
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and methyl 4-formylbenzoate, methyl 4-(((3s,5s,7s)-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)benzoate (white solid, 60%>) is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 300.3 [M+H]+.
Ketone synthesis from the ester precursor
To a solution of methyl 4-formylbenzoate, methyl 4-(((3s,5s,7s)-adamantan-l- ylamino)methyl)benzoate (leq) in toluene was added N.N'-dimethylethylenediamine (DMEDA, 78.7 mg, 1.1 eq) and trimethyi aluminum ( 12 eq, 2 M in toiuene) dropwise under argon at room temperature. After the mixture was refluxed for 1 hour, it was quenched with water, and the products were extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, and dried over Na?SC>4. The filtered solvents were concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by prep HPLC. . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 284.3 [M+H]+
[0276] Example 45a/WFD014
Figure imgf000120_0001
l-(4-((adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)phenyl)pyrrolidin-2-one
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)benzaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 325.4 [M+H]+.
[0277] Example 46a/BC090
Figure imgf000120_0002
The preparation of 2-(((-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-(furan-3-yl)phenol (BC090)
Figure imgf000120_0003
BC087
4-(Furan-3-yl)-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (BC087). A mixture of 2-bromophenol (58 mmol), anhydrous magnesium dichloride (87 mmol), and triethylamine (218 mmol) in acetonitrile (130 mL) was stirred at rt under N2. Dry (P2O5) paraformaldehyde (235 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise and after the addition was complete, the mixture was refluxed for 72 h. Then the mixture was acidified with 5% HCl and extracted with Et20 (x 3). The ethereal solution was washed with H20 (x 2) and brine and then dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde as an off-white solid in 42% yield. 4-(Furan-3-yl)-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde (BC087) was prepared based on general procedure 2, from 4-bromo-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde (M2WJ325) and furan-2yltrifluoroborate, a yellow solid in 86%> yield (eluent 0-10% EtOAc/hexane).
2-(((-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-(furan-3-yl)phenol (BC090)-Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-(furan-3-yl)-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (BC087), a light brown solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 324.22 [M+H]+.
[0278] Example 47a/IMX00661
Figure imgf000121_0001
-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-biphenyl-3-ol
Figure imgf000121_0002
a
Acid (532 mg, 2 mmol) was added to a solution of HO AT (408 mg, 3 mmol) and EDCI (570 mg, 3 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) and stirring was continued for 1 h. Then, amine (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile amid 3 (558 mg, 80%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 350 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 3 (347 mg), phenylboronic acid (144 mg, 1.2 mmol), K2C03 (278 mg, 2.0 mmol), and Pd(dppf)C12 (73 mg, 10%> mol) in dioxane/H20 (v/v 5 mL: l mL) was heated at 80 °C under inert environment for 2 h. The solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the title compound (173 mg, 50%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 348 [M+H]+.
To a solution of above amide (170 mg, 0.48 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was added dropwise of L1AIH4 solution (2.0 M in THF, 1 mL) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 10 h at reflux. The solution was then cooled to 0°C and quenched by H20/1N NaOH/H20 protocol (76uL H20, 152 uL IN NaOH, 228 uL H20). After the mixture was stirred for 1 h, the solid was removed by filtration. The resulting solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give 4-(Adamantan-l- ylaminomethyl)-biphenyl-3-ol (73 mg, 46%) as white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 334[M+H]+.
[0279] Example 48a/IMX00660
Figure imgf000122_0001
-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-biphenyl-3-ol
Figure imgf000122_0002
Follow the same procedure as example 47. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 374 [M+H] .
[0280] Example 49a/BC073
Figure imgf000123_0001
2-(-Adamantan-l-ylamino)thiophen-2yl)-5-methylphenol (BC073)
Based on general procedure B, from 2-(-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-bromophenol (M2WJ325) and furan-3yltrifluoroborate, an off white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 340.08 [M+H]+.
[0281] Example 50a/M2WJ325
Figure imgf000123_0002
2-(((3s,5s,7s)-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-bromophenol
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 337.3 [M+H]+.
[0282] Example 51a/BC081
Figure imgf000123_0003
Preparation of 2-(-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-methylphenol (BC081) Based on general procedure F, from 2-(-adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-bromophenol (M2WJ325) and methyltrifluoroborate, an off-white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 272.23 [M+H]+.
[0283] Example 52a/M2WJ326
Figure imgf000124_0001
[2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-5-bromo-phenyl]-methanol
To a solution of amantadine (1.5 eq) in DCM was added dropwise a solution of A1(CH3)3 in hexane (1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 15 mins, and then 5-bromophthalide (1 eq) was added in one portion. The mixture was then heated at 40°C for 20 hours. After cooling to r.t., diluted HC1 was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3χ). The combined organic layers were then dried with MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the amide intermediate, which was used in the next step reduction without further purification. Amide (1 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous THF, and the solution was cooled to 0°C using ice- bath, LiAlH4 (4 eq, X gram) was added in small portions in 10 mins. The mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for 15 mins, then heated to reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, H20 (X ml), 15% NaOH (X ml) and H20 (3X ml) were subsequently added, and the slurry was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by HPLC.
Figure imgf000124_0002
[0294] Example 53a/IMX00639
Figure imgf000125_0001
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-naphthalen-l-ol
Based on general procedure A, l-Hydroxy-naphthalene-2-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 308 [M+H]+.
[0295] Example 54a/IMX00710
Figure imgf000125_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 322 [M+H]+.
[0296] Example 55a/IMX00711
Figure imgf000125_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (IMX710) and 2-thiopheneboronic acid, Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)- amine was obtained (46% two steps) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325 [M+H]+.
[0297] Example 56a/IMX00640
Figure imgf000126_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-quinolin-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from Quinoline-2-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 293 [M+H]+.
[0298] Example 57a/M2WJ387
Figure imgf000126_0002
N-((2-bromopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C from amantadine and 2-bromopyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde, a brown solid (55%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 323.2 [M+H]+.
[0299] Example 58a/M2WJ383
Figure imgf000126_0003
N-((6-(thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 6-(thiophen-2-yl)nicotinaldehyde, a yellow solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325.5 [M+H]+.
[0300] Example 59a/M2WJ385
Figure imgf000127_0001
N-((6-(thiophen-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 6-(thiophen-3-yl)nicotinaldehyde, a yellow solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325.5 [M+H]+.
[0301] Example 60a/M2WJ329
Figure imgf000127_0002
N-((6-(furan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 6-(furan-2-yl)nicotinaldehyde, a yellow solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 309.4 [M+H]+.
[0302] Example 61a/M2WJ330
Figure imgf000127_0003
N-((2-(thiophen-2-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 2-(thiophen-2-yl)pyrimidine-5- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 326.5 [M+H]+. [0303] Example 62a/M2WJ336
Figure imgf000128_0001
N-((2-(furan-2-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 2-(furan-2-yl)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 310.4 [M+H]+
[0304] Example 63a/M2WJ391
Figure imgf000128_0002
N-((2-phenylpyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 2-phenylpyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (85%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320.4 [M+H]+.
[0305] Example 64a/M2WJ392
Figure imgf000128_0003
N-((2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 321.4 [M+H]+. [0306] Example 65a/M2WJ322
Figure imgf000129_0001
2-((adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)quinolin-8-ol
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 8-hydroxyquinoline-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (64%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 309.4 [M+H]+.
[0307] Example 66a/IMX00616
Figure imgf000129_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-furan-3-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, From furan-3-carbaldehyde and Adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 232 [M+H]+.
[0308] Example 68a/IMX00617
Figure imgf000129_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-thiophen-3-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from thiophene-3-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 248 [M+H]+.
[0309] Example 69a/IMX00667 and WFD046
Figure imgf000130_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-furan-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from furan-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 232 [M+H]+.
[0310] Example 70a/IMX00668
Figure imgf000130_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from thiophene-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 248 [M+H]+.
[0311] Example 71a/ WFD079 a 0669
Figure imgf000130_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure C, from thiazole-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 249 [M+H]+.
[0312] Example 72a/ IMX00697
Figure imgf000131_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, ftom lH-Pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-1 -ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 231 [M+H]+.
[0313] Example 73a/ M2WJ396
Figure imgf000131_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure B, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 9.19 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 2.10- 2.08 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.72 (m, 12H). EI-MS: mlz (M+H+): 234.3 (calculated), 234.3 (found).
[0314] Example 74a/ IMX00686
Figure imgf000131_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(3-methoxy-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 3-methoxy-thiophene-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-1 - ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 278 [M+H]+.
[0315] Example 75a/WFD050
Figure imgf000132_0001
N-((5-methoxythiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-methoxythiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 278.2 [M+H]+.
[0316] Example 76a/WFD053
Figure imgf000132_0002
N-((3-methylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 3-methylthiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 262.2 [M+H]+.
[0317] Example 77a/M2WJ338
Figure imgf000132_0003
N-((5-bromo-4-methylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (65%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 341.3 [M+H]+.
[0318] Example 78a/WFD049
Figure imgf000133_0001
N-((5-methylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-methylthiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 262.1 [M+H]+.
[0319] Example 79a/WFD052
Figure imgf000133_0002
N-((5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-chlorothiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 282.2 [M+H]+.
[0320] Example 80a/ IMX00687
i
Figure imgf000133_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(3-methoxy-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Treatment of adamantan-l-yl-(3-methoxy-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (278 mg, 1.0 mmol) with NCS (150 mg, 1.2 eq) at 50 °C in DMF for 2h. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound (215 mg,66%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 312 [M+H]+.
[0321] Example 81a/BC035
Figure imgf000134_0001
N-((5-Bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, adamantan-1 -amine and 5-bromothiophene-2-carbaldehyde, a light yellow oil was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 328.00 [M+H]+.
[0322] Example 82a/M2WJ341
Figure imgf000134_0002
N-(l-(5-iodothiophen-2-yl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and l-(5-iodothiophen-2-yl)ethanone, a white solid (32%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 388.3 [M+H]+.
[0323] Example 83a/WFD082
Figure imgf000134_0003
N-((2-bromothiazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2-bromothiazole-4-carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 327.09, 329.08 [M+H]+.
[0324] Example 84a/WFD084
Figure imgf000135_0001
N-((4-isopropylthiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 4-isopropylthiazole-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 291.3 [M+H]+.
[0325] Example 85a/WFD073
Figure imgf000135_0002
N-((l-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and l-isopropyl-lH-pyrazole-4- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 274.4 [M+H]+.
[0326] Example 86a/ IMX00671
Figure imgf000135_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
To adamantan-l-yl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine (500 mg, 2.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at -78 °C, was added nBuLi (2.5 M, 2.0 mL, 5 mmol). After 30 min, CBr4 (784 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added. After stirred for 30 min at -10 °C, the reaction was quenched with NH4C1 (sat'd) (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL x3), and the combined organic layers was dried over Na2S04 and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound (372 mg, 57%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 328 [M+H]+.
[0327] Example 87a/ IMX00688
Figure imgf000136_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 5-Bromo-furan-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 311 [M+H]+.
[0328] Example 88a/ IMX00698
Figure imgf000136_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, 5-bromo-lH-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 310 [M+H]+.
[0329] Example 89a/ IMX00701
Figure imgf000136_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Treatment of Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (231 mg, 1.0 mmol) with NBS (180 mg, 1.1 eq) at 0 °C in DMF for lh. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound (71 mg,23%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 311 [M+H]+.
[0330] Example 90a/ M2WJP00 00689
Figure imgf000137_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general Procedure E, from 5-Methylsulfanyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
and adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (60%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 294[M+H]+.
[0331] Example 91a/ BC067
Figure imgf000137_0002
N-((5-Iodothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
A solution of N-((5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC035) (1 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was added n-BuLi in hexane (2.5M 1.8 mL) at -78 °C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min and then I2 was added and stirred for 30 min at -78 °C. The mixture was quenched with sodium thiosulfate, and the crude mixture was extracted with Et20 (x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. A light yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 374.01 [M+H]+.
[0332] Example 92a/WFD058
Figure imgf000138_0001
5-(l-(adamantan-l-ylamino)ethyl)thiophene-2-carbonitrile
Based on general procedure c, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-acetylthiophene-2-carbonitrile, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 287.2 [M+H]+.
[0333] Example 93a/WFD085
Figure imgf000138_0002
5-((adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)thiazol-2-amine
Based on general procedure c, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2-aminothiazole-5-carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 264.2 [M+H]+.
[0334] Example 94a/M2WJ364
Figure imgf000138_0003
N-((3-bromoisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-bromo-5-(chloromethyl)isoxazole, a brown solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 312.2 [M+H]+.
[0335] Example 95a/M2WJ369
Figure imgf000139_0001
N-((5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-methylisoxazole-3-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (83%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 6.19 (s, 1H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 12H). 13CNMR (75 MHz, CD3OD): 171.11, 164.84, 102.39, 52.28, 42.78, 37.63, 37.08, 30.99, 11.98. EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 247.4 (calculated), 247.4 (found).
[0336] Example 96a/M2WJ405
Figure imgf000139_0002
N-((5-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3 -(chloromethyl)-5 -methyl- 1,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (77%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 3.85 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.66 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 248.3 (calculated), 248.4 (found).
[0337] Example 97a/WFD057
Figure imgf000139_0003
N-(l-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and l-(5-methylthiophen-2- yl)ethanone, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 276.3 [M+H]+.
[0338] Example 98a/hij-313
Figure imgf000140_0001
N-((5-ethylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-ethylthiophene-2-carbaldehyde, a yellowish liquid is obtained by a silica gel column chromatography . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 276.4 [M+H]+.
[0339] Example 99a/WFD069
Figure imgf000140_0002
N-((2-methyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2-methyl-lH-imidazole-4- carbaldehyde, a yellowish liquid is obtained by a silica gel column chromatography . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 246.3 [M+H]+.
[0340] Example 100a/WFD061
Figure imgf000140_0003
-nitrothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 5-nitrothiophene-2-carbaldehyde, a white soid is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 293.2 [M+H]+.
[0341] Example 101a/M2WJ305
Figure imgf000141_0001
N-((3-(tert-butyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 3-(tert-butyl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carbaldefiyde, a yellow solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 288.4 [M+H]+.
[0342] Example 102a/M2WJ400
Figure imgf000141_0002
N-((5-isopropyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-isopropyl-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (83%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 3.24 (q, J = 6.99 Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.66 (m, 12H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.99 Hz, 6H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 276.4 (calculated), 276.1 (found).
[0343] Example 103a/M2WJ401
Figure imgf000141_0003
N-((5-(tert-butyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 5-(tert-butyl)-3-(chloromethyl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (79%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 3.86 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.66 (m, 12H), 1.47 (s, 9H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 290.4 (calculated), 290.2 (found).
[0344] Example 104a/M2WJ349
Figure imgf000142_0001
N-((2-bromothiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 2-(2-bromothiazol-5-yl)acetaldehyde, a white solid (62%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 328.3 [M+H]+.
[0345] Example 105a/M2WJ350
Figure imgf000142_0002
N-((4-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 4-bromothiophene-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 327.3 [M+H]+.
[0346] Example 106a/M2WJ37
Figure imgf000142_0003
N-((5-(morpholinomethyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 4-((3-(chloromethyl)isoxazol-5- yl)methyl)morpholine, a white solid (86%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD-d4): δ 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.69 (t, J = 4.68 Hz, 4H), 2.53 (t, J = 4.68 Hz, 4H), 2.10- 2.07 (m, 3H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 332.5 (calculated), 332.5 (found).
[0347] Example 107a/M2WJ379
Figure imgf000143_0001
N-((5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropylisoxazole, a white solid (86%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m z 273.4 [M+H]+.
[0348] Example 108a/M2WJ395
Figure imgf000143_0002
N-((5-cyclopropylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, a white solid (77% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.03 (d, J = 3.45 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 3.45 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 2.23-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.96 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 6H), 1.05-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.71-0.69 (m, 2H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 288.4 (calculated), 288.4 (found).
[0349] Example 109a/M2WJ403
Figure imgf000144_0001
N-((5-cyclopentyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopentyl- 1,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 3.86 (s, 2H),
3.45-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.02 (m, 5H), 1.98-1.62 (m, 18H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 302.4
[0350] Example 110a/M2WJ358
Figure imgf000144_0002
N-((5-(4-methoxyphenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)isoxazole-3- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 2.09-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.72 (m, 12H).13CNMR (75 MHz, CD3OD): 171.31, 165.34, 162.82, 128.37, 121.39, 115.54, 98.97, 55.89, 52.36, 42.80, 37.63, 37.16, 30.99. EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 339.4 (calculated), 339.4 (found).
[0351] Example 111a/ WFD060 0666
Figure imgf000144_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine Based on general procedure E, from Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine and pheneboronic acid, adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine was obtained (66% two steps) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325 [M+H]+.
[0352] Example 112a/M2WJ343
Figure imgf000145_0001
N-((5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 370.6 [M+H]
[0353] Example 113a/M2WJ344
Figure imgf000145_0002
N-((5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 354.5 [M+H]+.
[0354] Example 114a/WFD070
Figure imgf000146_0001
N-((2-phenyl-lH-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2-phenyl-lH-imidazole-4- carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 308.3 [M+H]+.
[0355] Example 115a/M2WJ351
Figure imgf000146_0002
N-((5-phenyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 2-(chloromethyl)-5-phenyl-l,3,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (78%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 310.4 [M+H]+.
[0356] Example 116a/M2WJ352
Figure imgf000146_0003
N-((5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-phenylisoxazole-3-carbaldehyde, a white solid (89%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.90-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 2.07-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.66-1.64 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m z (M+H+): 309.4 (calculated), 309.3 (found).
[0357] Example 117a/M2WJ361
Figure imgf000147_0001
N-((3-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 3-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazole-5- carbaldehyde, a brown solid (72%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 388.3 (calculated), 388.3 (found).
[0358] Example 118a/M2WJ366
Figure imgf000147_0002
N-((5-(4-fluorophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-3- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (69%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.92 (dd, J = 8.21 Hz, 6.27 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J = 5.79 Hz, 2.73 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.63-1.61 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 327.4 (calculated), 327.2 (found).
[0359] Example 119a/M2WJ367
Figure imgf000148_0001
N-((5-(4-chlorophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-chlorophenyl)isoxazole-3- carbaldehyde, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.82-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 12H). 13CNMR (75 MHz, CD3OD): 169.98, 165.58, 137.26, 130.43, 128.25, 127.40, 100.97, 52.37, 42.82, 37.62, 37.15, 30.99. EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 343.9 (calculated), 343.4 (found).
[0360] Example 120a/M2WJ368
Figure imgf000148_0002
N-((5-(p-tolyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(p-tolyl)isoxazole-3-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.73 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.63-1.60 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 323.4 (calculated), 323.4 (found).
[0361] Example 121a/M2WJ370
Figure imgf000148_0003
N-((5-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazole-3- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (69%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.76-7.66 (m, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.73 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 388 (calculated), 388.1 (found).
[0362] Example 122a/M2WJ386
Figure imgf000149_0001
N-((3-(4-methoxyphenyl)isoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-(4- methoxyphenyl)isoxazole, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 7.78 (d, J = 8.73 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.73 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.60 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 339.4 (calculated), 339.2 (found).
[0363] Example 123a/M2WJ376
Figure imgf000149_0002
N-((3-phenyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-phenyl-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (74%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.02-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.56 (m, 3H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 310.4 (calculated), 310.6 (found).
[0364] Example 124a/M2WJ377
Figure imgf000150_0001
N-((3-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-5-(chloromethyl)- 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a white solid (89%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.92 (d, J = 8.43 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.43 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.52 (m, 12H), 1.31 (s, 9H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 366.5 (calculated), 366.3 (found).
[0365] Example 125a/M2WJ398
Figure imgf000150_0002
N-((5-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (91%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.43-8.40 (m, 2H), 8.00-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.80 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 2.11- 2.08 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.72 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 378.4 (calculated), 378.4 (found)
[0366] Example 126a/M2WJ378
Figure imgf000150_0003
N-((5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)- 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.82 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.82 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.58 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 340.4 (calculated), 340.4 (found).
[0367] Example 127a/M2WJ356
Figure imgf000151_0001
N-((5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 2-(chloromethyl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 340.4 [M+H]+.
[0368] Example 128a/M2WJ393
Figure imgf000151_0002
N-((5-(p-tolyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(p-tolyl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (75%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.25 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.25 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.09 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.70 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m z (M+H+): 324.4 (calculated), 324.3 (found).
mple 129a/M2WJ397
Figure imgf000151_0003
N-((5-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a white solid (77%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.35 (d, J = 8.55 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.55 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 378.4 (calculated), 378.4 (found).
[0370] Example 130a/ M2WJ398
Figure imgf000152_0001
N-((5-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure B, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (91%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.43-8.40 (m, 2H), 8.00-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.80 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 2.11- 2.08 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.72 (m, 12H). EI-MS: mlz (M+H+): 378.4 (calculated), 378.4 (found).
[0371] Example 131a/M2WJ399
Figure imgf000152_0002
N-((5-phenyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-phenyl-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a white solid (84%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.17-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.57 (m, 3H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.70 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 310 (calculated), 310 (found).
[0372] Example 132a/M2WJ402
Figure imgf000153_0001
N-((2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 4-(chloromethyl)-2-phenylthiazole, a yellowsolid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325.5 [M+H]+.
[0373] Example 133a/ IMX0067
Figure imgf000153_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-phenyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (example 86) and pheneboronic acid, adamantan-l-yl-(5-phenyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-aminewas obtained (46% two steps) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m z 325 [M+H] .
[0374] Example 134a/M2WJ381
Figure imgf000153_0003
N-((3-(pyridin-3-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a brown solid (73%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.18-9.16 (m, 1H), 8.79-8.77 (m, 1H), 8.38-8.36 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.62 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 2.07-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 311.4 (calculated), 311.5 (found).
[0375] Example 135a/ M2WJ381
Figure imgf000154_0001
Adamantan- l-yl-(3-pyridin-3-yl- [ 1 ,2,4] oxadiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
[0376] Example 136a/BC041
Figure imgf000154_0002
N-((5-(Furan-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure B, from N-((5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC035) and furan-2yl trifluoroborate, a light brown was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 314.02 [M+H]+.
[0377] Example 137a/ BC042
Figure imgf000154_0003
N-((5-(Furan-3-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure B, from N-((5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l -amine (BC035) and furan-3yl trifluoroborate, a light yellow solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) m/z 314.15 [M+H]+.
[0378] Example 138a/ IMX00703
Figure imgf000155_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure F, from Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (example 87) and 2-thiopheneboronic, Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-furan-2-ylmethyl)- aminewas obtained (76% two steps) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 314[M+H]+.
[0379] Example 139a/ IMX007
Figure imgf000155_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure G, from Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (example 89) and 2-thiopheneboronic, adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-lH-imidazol-2- ylmethyl)-amine was obtained (76% two steps) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 314 [M+H]+.
[0380] Example 140a/M2WJ354
Figure imgf000155_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[2,3']bithiophenyl-5'-ylmethyl-amine A mixture of 4-bromothiophene-2-carbaldehyde (1 eq), thiophne-2-boronic acid (1.5 eq) and sodium carbonate (2 eq) in toluene, ethanol and water was degassed by bubbling with argon for 30 mins. Then Pd(Ph3)4 was added and the reaction was heated to reflux for overnight. The mixture was quenched with water, extracted with diethyl ether (3x), dried over MgSC^, and concentrated to give the crude product. Flash column chromatography afforded the intermediate aldehyde as white powder. Subsequent reductive amination with amantadine following procedure A gave the final compound M2WJ354.
Figure imgf000156_0001
N-([2,3'-bithiophen]-5'-ylmethyl)adamantan-l-amine
White solid (65% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.07 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.07-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 330.5 (calculated), 330.5 (found)
[0381] Example 141a/M2WJ357
Figure imgf000156_0002
N-((5'-methyl-[2,2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5'-methyl-[2,2'-bithiophene]-5- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 344.5 [M+H]+.
[0382] Example 142a/M2WJ332
Figure imgf000157_0001
-(thiophen-2-yl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(thiophen-2-yl)isoxazole-3-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.83 (d, J = 4.59 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 4.59 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J = 4.82 Hz, 3.84 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 2.08-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.63 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 315.5 (calculated), 315.1 (found).
[0383] Example 143a/M2WJ359
Figure imgf000157_0002
N-((5-(thiophen-3-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(thiophen-3-yl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 316.4 [M+H]+.
[0384] Example 144a/M2WJ360
Figure imgf000157_0003
-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine Follow the procedure of example 140/M2WJ354. White solid (88% yield). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 331.5 [M+H]+.
[0385] Example 145a/M2WJ384
Figure imgf000158_0001
N-((5-methyl-2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-methyl-2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazole-4- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (84%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 329.5 [M+H]+.
[0386] Example 146a/M2WJ389
Figure imgf000158_0002
N-((5-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (77%) is obtained. Data: 1FiNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.96 (dd, J = 3.81 Hz, 1.17 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 5.01 Hz, 1.14 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J = 5.04 Hz, 3.84 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.68 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 316.4 (calculated), 316.2 (found).
[0387] Example 147a/M2WJ390
Figure imgf000159_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-2-yl-[l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine General procedure: 2-thiophenecarboxylic acid hydrazide (leq) and Et3N (2 eq) were dissolved in CH2CI2 at 0°C, methyl oxalate chloride (1 eq) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was warmed slowly to room temperature and stirred for 6 hours. TsCl (leq) was added and stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and was washed with water, and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude produce was purified by flash column chromatography to give the ester intermediate I.
General procedure for reduction: Ester (1 eq) was dissolved in methanol and cooled down to 0°C. NaBH4 (4 eq) was added in small portions to the solution over 10 mins. The mixture was warmed slowly to r.t. and stirred for 4 hours. Diluted HC1 was added and the organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x), and the organic layers were combined, dried over MgS04 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. This alcohol intermediate II was used for the next step without further purification.
General procedure for brominaiton: Alcohol (1 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled down to 0°C. PBr3 (leq) was added dropwise over 5 mins. The mixture was slowly warmed to r.t. and stirred for 2 hrs. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was quenched with water. Ethyl acetate was added and the aqueous layer was extracted for three times. The combined organic layers were combined, dried over MgS04 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Flash column chromatography gave the bromide intermediate II.
Final alkylation following procedure D gave M2WJ390.
Figure imgf000160_0001
M2WJ390
N-((5-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
White solid (35% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.96-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 2.03-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.54 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 316.4 (calculated), 316.5 (found).
[0388] Example 148a/M2WJ363
Figure imgf000160_0002
N-((3-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.90-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 316.4 (calculated), 316.4 (found).
[0389] Example 149a/M2WJ372
Figure imgf000161_0001
N-((3-(thiophen-2-yl)isoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Oximes were prepared according to previous published procedure. To a cooled solution (0 °C using ice bath) of oximes (1 eq), propargyl bromide/allyl bromide (1.2 eq), and triethylamine (1 eq) in CH2CI2 was dropwise added 8 % aqueous sodium hypochlorite. After addition, the solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 twice. The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was then purified by silica gel flash column chromatography to give the intermediate isoxazole VII or isoxazoline VIII (10-40% ethyl acetate/hexane). The next step alkylation was performed according to the above general procedure as described in procedure B.
Figure imgf000161_0002
M2WJ373
Brown solid (43% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.80-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 2.17-2.15 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.88 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 6H). EI- MS: m/z (M+H+): 315.5 (calculated), 315.5 (found).
[0390] Example 150a/M2WJ374
Figure imgf000162_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-thiophen-3-yl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine
EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 315
[0391] Example 151a/M2WJ375
Figure imgf000162_0002
N-((5-(thiophen-2-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Yellow solid (22% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.78-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.17 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 2.02-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.58 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 332.5 (calculated), 332.5 (found).
[0392] Example 152a/M2WJ321
Figure imgf000162_0003
N-([3,3'-bithiophen]-5-ylmethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from amantadine and [3,3'-bithiophene]-5-carbaldehyde, a white solid (73%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 330.5 [M+H]+.
[0393] Example 153a/M2WJ347
Figure imgf000163_0001
N-((5-(furan-2-yl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from amantadine and 5-(furan-2-yl)isoxazole-3-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (62%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 299.4 [M+H]+.
[0394] Example 154a/M2WJ348
Figure imgf000163_0002
N-((5-(2-methylthiazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from amantadine and 5-(2-methylthiazol-5-yl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (87%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 345.5 [M+H]+.
[0395] Example 155a/M2WJ340
Figure imgf000163_0003
N-((5-(l-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l- amine Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(l-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)thiophene-2-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (66%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 396.5 [M+H]+.
[0396] Example 156a/M2WJ362
Figure imgf000164_0001
N-((5-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (79%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 345.5 [M+H]+.
[0397] Example 157a/M2WJ339
Figure imgf000164_0002
N-([2,2':5^2"-terthiophen]-5-ylmethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and [2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (52%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 412.6 [M+H]+.
[0398] Example 158a/M2WJ331
Figure imgf000165_0001
N-((5-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid (68%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 314.4 [M+H]+.
[0399] Example 159a/M2WJ334
Figure imgf000165_0002
N-((5'-bromo-[2,2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 5'-bromo-[2,2'-bithiophene]-5- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (81%) is obtained.
[0400] Example 160a/M2WJ394
Figure imgf000165_0003
N-((5-(furan-2-yl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure D, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(furan-2-yl)-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 300.4 [M+H]+.
[0401] Example 161a/M2WJ365
Figure imgf000166_0001
N-((5-(lH-imidazol-l-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
White solid (68% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 3.93 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 3.93 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 2.26-2.24 (m, 3H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.86-1.74 (m, 6H) . EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 314.5 (calculated), 314.5 (found).
[0402] Example 162a/M2WJ327
Figure imgf000166_0002
N-((5-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)furan-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure A, from amantadine and 5-(lH-pyrazol-5-yl)furan-2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m z 298.4 [M+H]+.
[0403] Example 167a/M2WJ388
Figure imgf000166_0003
N-((3-phenyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure B, from amantadine and 5-(bromomethyl)-3-phenyl-4,5- dihydroisoxazole, a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.70- 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 3H), 4.87-4.76 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J = 17.01 Hz, 10.47 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J = 17.01 Hz, 7.32 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (ddd, J = 27.93 Hz, 12.00 Hz, 7.83 Hz, 1H), 2.08-2.06 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.68 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 311.4 (calculated), 311.4 (found).
[0404] Example 168a/M2WJ373
Figure imgf000167_0001
N-((3-(thiophen-2-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Follow the same procedure as Example 149/M2WJ372.Brown solid (52% yield). Data: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.53 (dd, J = 5.10Hz, 1.08 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 3.66 Hz, 1.08 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 5.10 Hz, 3.66 Hz, 1H), 4.87-4.75 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, J = 16.80 Hz, 10.35 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J =16.80 Hz, 7.29Hz, 1H), 2.80 (ddd, J = 23.64 Hz, 12.09 Hz, 7.80 Hz, 1H), 2.09-2.06 (m, 3H), 1.74-164 (m, 12H). EI-MS: m/z (M+H+): 317.5 (calculated), 317.5 (found).
[0405] Example 169a/WFD110
Figure imgf000167_0002
5-((adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)pyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4- tetrahydropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 276.3 [M+H]+.
[0406] Example 170a/ IMX00677
Figure imgf000167_0003
4-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-cyclohexanol Based on general Procedure E, from 4-hydroxy-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid and adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 264[M+H]+.
[0407] Examplel71a/IMX00683
Figure imgf000168_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000168_0002
2,5-Dibromo-3,4-dinitrothiophene (2) :
Concentrated sulfuric acid (13 mL), fuming sulfuric acid (20 mL), and fuming nitric acid (110 mL) were combined in a flask and cooled with an ice bath. 2,5- dibromothiophene (1) (3.5 mL, 7.5 g, 31.1 mmol) was added dropwise to maintain a temperature of 20-30 °C. The mixture was allowed to react for a total of 3 hours and then poured over 90 g of ice. Upon the melting of the ice, the solid residue was recovered by vacuum filtration and recrystallized via hot methanol to give 5.1 g of product (48%), 13C NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 113.7, 159.7.
3,4-Diaminothiophene (3):
Concentrated HC1 (46 mL) and compound 2 (1.3 g, 3.8 mmol) were combined in a flask and cooled with an ice bath. Tin metal (3.2 g, 26.9 mmol) was added slowly to maintain a temperature of 25-30 °C. After stabilizing at ~25 °C, the reaction was allowed to continue until all the tin was consumed and then placed in a freezer overnight. The solid precipitate was recovered by vacuum filtration and washed with diethyl ether and acetonitrile until the wash was colorless to give the stable 3·2Η+ salt. The 3·2Η+ salt was dissolved in 50 mL of water, cooled with an ice bath, and the solution was made basic with 4 N Na2C03. The product was extracted with diethyl ether, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated by rotary evaporation without heating to give 0.29 g (55 %) of a white solid, 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.36 (br s, 4H), 6.16 (s, 2H).
2-Chloromethyl-lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazole (4)
3,4-Diaminothiophene (0.29 g, 2.54 mmol) and 2-chloro-l,l,l-trimethoxy-ethane (0.5 g, 3.38 mmol) were combined in DME (5 mL) in a sealed tube and heated at 95 °C for overnight and concentrated to give a crude product to go to the next step without purification. LC-MS: m/z 173 [M+H]+.
Adamantan-l-yl-(lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (5)
To above crude product (4) and adamantan-l-ylamine (755 mg, 5 mmol) were combined in DMSO (5 mL) and stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with water (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL). After organic solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the Adamantan-l-yl- (lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (5) (51.1 mg, 7 % over two steps). LC-MS: m/z 288 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.75 (s, 2H), 5.74 (brs, 1H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 2.10-1.58 (m, 15H).
[0408] Example 172a/IMX685
Figure imgf000169_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-Methyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-5-carbaldehyde adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 301 [M+H]
[0409] Example 173a/IMX00735
Figure imgf000169_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-chloro-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000170_0001
To a solution of Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine (150 mg, 0.5 mmol) was treated with NCS (67 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C for 2h. The solvent was removed concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the title compound (34 mg, 20%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 338 [M+H]+.
[0410] Example 174a/IMX00714
Figure imgf000170_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000170_0003
To a solution of Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine (150 mg, 0.5 mmol) was treated with NBS (90 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C for 2h. The solvent was removed concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the title compound (36 mg, 20%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 383 [M+H]+.
[0411] Example 177a /IMX00643
Figure imgf000171_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(3-methyl-benzo [b] thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 3-Methyl-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carbaldehyde adamantan-1 -ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 312[M+H]+.
[0412] Example 178a/CMF004
Figure imgf000171_0002
N-(l-(benzo [b] thiophen-2-yl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine andl-(benzo[b]thiophen-2- yl)ethanone, a white solid is obtained . Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 312.6 [M+H]+.
[0413] Example 179a/ IMX00705/ M2WJ323 & Example 178a/ IMX00696
Figure imgf000171_0003
Example 178 Example 175
Based on general Procedure E, from 5-Methoxy-lH-indole-2-carboxylic acid and adamantan-1 - ylamine, a white solid of example 178 adamantan-1 -yl-(5-methoxy-lH-indol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 311 [M+H]+.
Treatment of adamantan-1 -yl-(5-methoxy-lH-indol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (110 mg, 1.1 mmol) with BBr3 (300 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 oC and then warm to rt for 2h. The mixture was quenched with Na2C03 (sat'd) (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (10 mL x3), and the combined organic layers was dried over Na2S04 and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound example 175 (284 mg, 87%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 297 [M+H]+.
[0414] Example 180a /IMX0069
Figure imgf000172_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(l-methyl-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 1 -Methyl- lH-benzoimidazole-2-carbaldehyde adamantan-l-ylamine, a white solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 296 [M+H]
[0415] Example 181a/IMX693
Figure imgf000172_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-chloro-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000172_0003
a b
Follow the same procedure of Examplel67/IMX00683 form 4-Chloro-benzene-l,2-diamine, a white solid (20% two step) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 316 [M+H]+.
[0416] Example 183a/IMX713
Figure imgf000173_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(7-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000173_0002
To a solution of 7-chloro-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (225 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was added dropwise of LiAlH4 solution (2.0 M in THF, 1 mL) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 oC. The solution was quenched by H20/1N NaOH/H20 protocol (76uL H20, 152 uL IN NaOH, 228 uL H20). After the mixture was stirred for 1 h, the solid was removed by filtration. The resulting solution was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give (7-Chloro- benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-methanol (150 mg, 76%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 199[M+H]+.
Above alcohol was dissolved in SOC12 (2 mL) and the solution was heat at 80 °C for lh. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue (7-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)- methanolwas used directly to the next step without purification. Then the residue was taken to DMSo (5 mL) and Adamantan-l-ylamine (200 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred at rt for overnight and then was quenched with H20 (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (10 mL x3), and the combined organic layers was dried over Na2S04 and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile compound example 175 (15 mg, 10%>) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 332 [M+H]+.
[0417] Example 184a/IMX721
Figure imgf000174_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(7-methyl-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Follow the same procedure as example 179, Adamantan-l-yl-(7-methyl-lH-benzoimidazol-2- ylmethyl)-amine was obtained as a white solid (21%). LC/MS (ESR) m/z 296 [M+H]+.
[0418] Example 185a/M2WJ345
Figure imgf000174_0002
N-((6-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 6-methoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (71%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 328.4 [M+H]+.
[0419] Example 186a/M2WJ346
Figure imgf000174_0003
N-((6-methoxy-lH-indol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine and 6-methoxy-lH-indole-2-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (61%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 311.4 [M+H]+.
[0420] Example 187a/IMX684
Figure imgf000175_0001
3-[(Thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Follow the procedure A, compound 3-[(Thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol (a) (IMX680) was made from Thiophene-2-carbaldehyde and 3-Amino-adamantan-l-ol as a white solid (70%). LC/MS (ESR) m/z 264 [M+H]+.
[0421] Example 188a/IMX680
Figure imgf000175_0002
3-[(5-Bromo-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Figure imgf000175_0003
Treatment of 3-[(Thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol (a) (example 183) (264 mg, 1.0 mmol) with NCS (150 mg, 1.2 eq) at 50 °C in DMF for 2h. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound 3-[(5-Bromo-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol (215 mg, 66%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 343 [M+H]+.
[0422] Example 189a/IMX716
Figure imgf000176_0001
3-[(5-Chloro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Follow the same procedure except from NCS in the second step to give 3-[(5-Chloro-thiophen-2- ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 298 [M+H]+.
[0423] Example 190a/ IMX00691
Figure imgf000176_0002
4'-[(3-Hydroxy-adamantan-l-ylamino)-methyl]-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000176_0003
Follow the procedure A, compound A 3-(4-Bromo-benzylamino)-adamantan-l-ol was obtained as white solid (70%) from 3-Amino-adamantan-l-ol and 4-Bromo-benzaldehyde. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 337 [M+H]+.
Follow the procedure E, 4'-[(3-Hydroxy-adamantan-l-ylamino)-methyl]-biphenyl-4- carboxylic acid methyl ester (B) was obtained as an off-white solid (60%). LC/MS (ESR) m/z 392 [M+H]+.
[0424] Example 191a/ IMX00690
Figure imgf000177_0001
3-[(5-Phenyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Follow the procedure A, 3-[(5-Phenyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Was obtained as white solid (70%) from 3-Amino-adamantan-l-ol and 5-Phenyl-thiophene-2- carbaldehyde. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 340 [M+H]+.
[0425] Example 192a/ IMX0070
Figure imgf000177_0002
3-[(Thieno[3,2-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Follow Procedure E, 3-[(Thieno[3,2-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol was obtained from Thieno[3,2-b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid and 3-Amino-adamantan-l-ol as a white solid (40 two steps). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]+.
[0426] Example 193a/M2WJ404
Figure imgf000177_0003
(ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-((4-(trimethylsilyl)benzyl)amino)adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure C, from 3-amino-l-adamantol and 4-(trimethylsilyl)benzaldehyde, a white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 330.6 [M+H]+. [0427] Example 194a/M2WJ382
Figure imgf000178_0001
(ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-(((5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)amino)adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure C, from 3-amino-l-adamantol and 5-phenylisoxazole-3- carbaldehyde, a white solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 325.4 [M+H]+.
[0428] Example 195a/ IMX0073
Figure imgf000178_0002
3-[(5-Bromo-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure A, from 3-amino-l-adamantol and 5-bromo-thieno[2,3-b]thiophene- 2-carbaldehyde, a white solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 398 [M+H]+.
[0429] Example 196a/IM00727
Figure imgf000178_0003
4- [(3-Hydroxy-adamantan- l-ylamino)-methyl] -benzene- 1 ,3-diol
Based on general procedure A, from 3-amino-l-adamantol and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzaldehyde, a off-white solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 290 [M+H]+.
[0430] Example 197a/IMX737
Figure imgf000179_0001
(±)- 1- [(Thieno [2,3-b] thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino] -adamantan-2-ol
Based on general procedure A, from (±)-l-amino-adamantan-2-ol (Armarego, W. L. F.;
P. G. Australian Journal of Chemistry, 1979, 32, 1805-17) and thieno[2,3-b]thiophene-2 carbaldehyde, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]+.
[0431] Example 198a/Hij306
Figure imgf000179_0002
N-(3-phenylprop-2-yn-l-yl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and 3-phenylpropiolaldehyde, a yellowish liquid was obtained by a silica gel column chromatography. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z
312.6 [M+Hf.
[0432] Example 199a/CFM001
Figure imgf000179_0003
N-cinnamyladamantan-l-amine Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and cinnamaldehyde, a yellowish liquid was obtained by a silica gel column chromatography. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 268.3 [M+H]+.
[0433] Example 200a/hij-307
Figure imgf000180_0001
N-((E)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)allyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantane-1 -amine and (E)-3-(4- chlorophenyl)acrylaldehyde, a yellowish liquid was obtained by a silica gel column chromatography. Data: LC/MS (ES+) m/z 302.4 [M+H]+.
[0434] Example 201a/ IMX00732
Figure imgf000180_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-bis-(6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
From amantadine (1 eq) and 2-Chloromethyl-6-methoxy-lH-benzo imidazole (3 eq), a white solid (43%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 472 [M+H]+.
[0435] Example 202a/ M2WJ416
Figure imgf000180_0003
N,N-bis((2-methylthiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from amantadine (1 eq) and 5-(chloromethyl)-2-methylthiazole (3 eq), a white solid (80%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 374.6 [M+H]+.
[0436] Example 203a/IMX0070
Figure imgf000181_0001
Adamantan- 1-yl-imidazo [ 1 ,2-a] pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine
Based on general procedure A, from imidazo[l,2-a]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde and Adamantan- 1- ylamine, a white solid (69%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 282 [M+H]+.
[0437] Example 204a/BC059
Figure imgf000181_0002
N-[(Trifluoro-4-boranyl)methyl]adamantan-l-aminium
See reference: Fleury-Bregeot, N.; Raushel, J.; Sandrock, D. L.; Molander G. A. Chem. Eur. J. 2012, 18, 9564-9570.
[0438] Example 205a/M2
Figure imgf000181_0003
N-([2,2'-bithiophen]-5-ylmethyl)adamantan-2-amine
Based on general procedure C, from 2-aminoadamantane and [2,2'-bithiophene]-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (84%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 330.5 [M+H]+.
[0439] Example lb/BC085
Figure imgf000182_0001
V-(4-C hlorobenzyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-chlorobenzaldehdye, an off- white solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 276.14 [M+l]+.
[0440] Example 2b/BC089
Figure imgf000182_0002
2-(-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-iodophenol
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-hydroxy-4-iodobenzaldehyde (General Procedure L), a light brown solid was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 384.02
[M+l]+.
[0441] Example 3b/ Hij339
Figure imgf000182_0003
N-(l-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and t-butylacetophenone, , a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 312 [M+H]+.
[0442] Example 4b/ Hij339
Figure imgf000183_0001
N-(l-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-yl)ethyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and biphenylketone, a white solid (10%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 332 [M+H]+.
[0443] Example 5b/BC045
Figure imgf000183_0002
V-(4-(4-Methylthiophen-2-yl)benzyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure CI, from N-(4-bromobenzyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium 4- methyl-(thiophen-2-yl)trifluoroborate. The free amine was dissolved in diethyl ether and cooled to 0 °C and MeSOsH (1 equiv) was added under N2, and then mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and filtered to give a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 338.13 [M+H]+.
[0444] Example 6b/BC102
Figure imgf000183_0003
2-(-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-fluorophenol Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-fluoro-2-fiydroxybenzaldehdye (General Procedure L), an off-white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 276.14
[M+H]+.
[0445] Example 7b/BC113
Figure imgf000184_0001
2-((-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-(furan-2-yl)phenol
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-(furan-2-yl)-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde (general procedure F), an off-white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 324.28 [M+H]+.
[0445] Example 8b/BC114
Figure imgf000184_0002
2-(((-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-(thiophen-3-yl)phenol
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-(thiophen-3-yl)-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde (general procedure F), an off-white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 340.21 [M+H]+.
[0446] Example 9b/BC100
Figure imgf000185_0001
2-((-Adamantan-l-ylamino)methyl)-5-chlorophenol
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (General Procedure L), an off-white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 292.18 [M+l]+
[0447] Example 10b/ M2WJ410
Figure imgf000185_0002
N-((5-chloro-l,2,4-thiadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-1 -ylamine and 5-chloro-3-(chloromethyl)- 1,2,4- thiadiazole, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 284 [M+H]+.
[0448] Example lib/ M2WJ41
Figure imgf000185_0003
N-((2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-1 -ylamine and 4-(chloromethyl)-2-(thiophen-2- yl)thiazole, a yellow solid (78%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 331 [M+H]+.
[0449] Example 12b/ M2WJ412
Figure imgf000186_0001
N-((2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 4-(chloromethyl)-2- methylthiazole, a yellow solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 263 [M+H]+.
[0450] Example 13b/ M2WJ413
Figure imgf000186_0002
N-((2-chlorothiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-chloro-5- (chloromethyl)thiazole, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 283 [M+H]+.
[0451] Example 14b/ M2WJ414
Figure imgf000186_0003
N-((5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(chloromethyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (83%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 302 [M+H]+.
[0452] Example 15b/ M2WJ415
Figure imgf000187_0001
N-((5-(2-methoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(2- methoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (78%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 340 [M+H]+.
[0453] Example 16b/ M2WJ417
Figure imgf000187_0002
N-((2-methylthiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 5-(chloromethyl)-2- methylthiazole, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 263 [M+H]+.
[0454] Example 17b/ M2WJ419
Figure imgf000187_0003
N-((5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(chloromethyl)-5-methyl-l,3,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 248 [M+H]+.
[0455] Example 18b/ M2WJ420
Figure imgf000187_0004
N-((l-methyl-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and l-methyl-lH-l,2,3-triazole-4- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 247 [M+H]+.
[0456] Example 19b/ M2WJ421
Figure imgf000188_0001
5-(adamantan-l-ylaminomethylthiazol-2-ylamine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-aminothiazole-5-carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 264 [M+H]+.
[0457] Example 20b/ M2WJ422
Figure imgf000188_0002
N-((2-(tert-butyl)thiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(tert-butyl)thiazole-5- carbaldehyde, a yellow solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 305 [M+H]+.
[0458] Example 21b/ M2WJ423
Figure imgf000188_0003
N-((5-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5- (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (79%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 304 [M+H]+.
[0459] Example 22b/ M2WJ424
Figure imgf000189_0001
N-((5-isobutyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-isobutyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 290 [M+H]+.
[0460] Example 23b/ M2WJ426
Figure imgf000189_0002
N-((5-(methoxymethyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5- (methoxymethyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 278 [M+H]+.
[0461] Example 24b/ M2WJ428
Figure imgf000189_0003
N-((5-(methoxymethyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure J, followed by general procedure E, from 2-chloro-N- hydroxyacetimidamide and cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, a yellow solid (42%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 316 [M+H]+.
[0462] Example 25b/ M2WJ430
Figure imgf000190_0001
N-((5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(3,5- dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (76%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 329 [M+H]+.
[0463] Example 26b/ M2WJ431
Figure imgf000190_0002
N-((5-propylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from pentan-2-one, a yellow solid (24%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 275 [M+H]+.
[0464] Example 27b/ M2WJ432
Figure imgf000190_0003
N-((5-isopropylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from 3-methylbutan-2-one, a yellow solid (23%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 275 [M+H]+.
[0465] Example 28b/ M2WJ434
Figure imgf000191_0001
N-((5-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyben 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (79%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 384 [M+H]+.
[0466] Example 29b/ M2WJ437
Figure imgf000191_0002
N-((5-propyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-propyl-l,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (35%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 276 [M+H]+.
[0467] Example 30b/ M2WJ438
Figure imgf000191_0003
N-((3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-(2-methoxyphenyl)- 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (84%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 340 [M+H]+.
[0468] Example 31b/ M2WJ439
Figure imgf000192_0001
N-((5-(2-chlorophenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 3-(chloromethyl)-5-(2-chlorophenyl)- 1,2,4- oxadiazole, a yellow solid (81%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 344 [M+H]+.
[0469] Example 32b/ M2WJ442
Figure imgf000192_0002
N-((5-cyclohexylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from 1-cyclohexylethanone, a yellow solid (23%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 315 [M+H]+.
[0470] Example 33b/ M2WJ4
Figure imgf000192_0003
N-((5-(3,5-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(3,5-difluorophenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (40%>) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 345 [M+H]+.
[0471] Example 34b/ M2WJ444
Figure imgf000193_0001
N-((5-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure J, from 2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride, a yellow solid (41%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 370 [M+H]+.
[0472] Example 35b/ M2WJ44
Figure imgf000193_0002
N-((3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 5-(chloromethyl)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)- 1,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (85%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 370 [M+H]+.
[0473] Example 36b/ M2WJ44
Figure imgf000193_0003
N-((5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (41%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 393 [M+H]+.
[0474] Example 37b/ M2WJ447
Figure imgf000194_0001
N-((5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (38%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 355 [M+H]+.
[0474] Example 38b/ M2WJ448
Figure imgf000194_0002
N-((5-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(2,6-difluorophenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (45%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 345 [M+H]+.
[0475] Example 39b/ M2WJ449
Figure imgf000194_0003
N-((5-(3-methoxyphenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (37%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 339 [M+H]+.
[0476] Example 40b/ M2WJ451
Figure imgf000195_0001
l-((3r,5r,7r)-adamantan-l-yl)-N-((5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazol-3- yl)methyl)methanamine
Based on general procedure E, from (3r,5r,7r)-adamantan-l-ylmethanamine and 3- (chloromethyl)-5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazole, a yellow solid (82%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 369 [M+H]+.
[0477] Example 41b/ M2WJ452
Figure imgf000195_0002
N-((5-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 369 [M+H]+.
[0478] Example 42b/ M2WJ45
Figure imgf000195_0003
N-((5-(2-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(2-(methylthio)phenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (41%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 355 [M+H]+.
[0479] Example 43b/ M2WJ455
Figure imgf000196_0001
N-((5-(2-bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(2-bromophenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (40%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 388 [M+H]+.
[0480] Example 44b/ M2WJ456
Figure imgf000196_0002
N-((5-(3-methoxythiophen-2-yl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(3-methoxythiophen-2-yl)ethanone, a yellow solid (32%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 345 [M+H]+.
[0481] Example 45b/ M2WJ457
Figure imgf000196_0003
N-((5-(2-chlorophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from l-(2-chlorophenyl)ethanone, a yellow solid (42%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 343 [M+H]+.
[0482] Example 46b/ M2WJ458
Figure imgf000197_0001
N-((5-(2-methyl-2-(methylthio)propyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general Procedure K, from 4-methyl-4-(methylthio)pentan-2-one, a yellow solid (44%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 335 [M+H]+.
[0483] Example 47b/BC097
Figure imgf000197_0002
N-((3-Bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 3-bromothiophene-2- carbaldehyde, an off-white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 326.05/328.12 [M+l]+.
[0484] Example 48/BC119
Figure imgf000197_0003
N-((4-Cyclopropylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-1 -amine and 4-cyclopropylthiophen-2- carbaldehyde (General Procedure H), a light solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 288.28 [M+l]+.
[0485] Example 49b/BC120
Figure imgf000198_0001
V-((5-(4-Ethoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 5-(4-ethoxyphenyl)thiophene-2- carbaldehyde (general procedure F), a white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 368.16 [M+l]+.
[0486] Example 50b/BC121
Figure imgf000198_0002
V-((5-(4-(tei"i-Butyl)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure CI, from adamantan-1 -amine and 5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene- 2-carbaldehyde (general procedure F). The free amine was dissolved in diethyl ether and cooled to 0 °C and MeSOsH (1 eq) was added under N2, and then mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min and filtered to give a white solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 380.24 [M+l]+.
[0487] Example 51b/BC070
Figure imgf000198_0003
7V-((4 '-Methyl- [2,2 '-bithiophen] -5-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine
Based on general procedure F, from N-((5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan- 1-amine and potassium 4-methyl(furan-2yl) trifluoroborate, a light brown oil was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 344.24 [M+l]+. [0488] Example 52b/ BC071
Figure imgf000199_0001
V-((5-(5-Methylfuran-2-yl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure F, from N-((5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l -amine and potassium 5-methyl(furan-2-yl)trifluoroborate, a brown solid was obtained Data: LC/MS (ESCi) mlz 328.12 [M+l]+.
[0489] Example 53b/ Hij411
Figure imgf000199_0002
N-((5-phenyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
4-phenyl-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde (2.7g, 15.6 mmol) in DMF (15mL) was treated with triethylamine (2eq) and trityl chloride (1.3 eq) in DMF (lOmL). After completion of the reaction, the solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine, sat. sodium carbonate and water to yield the yellow powder (3.3g) after concentration under reduced pressure. A portion of the crude mixture (828 mg) was dissolved in methanol (lOmL) and sodium borohydride (2eq) was added at room temperature for 3h. The solution was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. After washing with brine and concentration under reduced pressure, the crude mixture was concentrated. Based upon the general procedure I, the product was obtained after removal of trityl group 50% TFA/5% TIPS in DCM (lOmL). Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 308
[M+H]+.
[0490] Example 54b/ Hij372
Figure imgf000200_0001
N-((2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl) methanol, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 313 [M+H]+.
[0491] Example 55b/ Hij374
Figure imgf000200_0002
N-((2-methoxypyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-methoxypyrimidin-5- yl)methanol, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 274 [M+H]+.
[0492] Example 56b/ Hij381
Figure imgf000200_0003
N-((2-(ethylthio)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(ethylthio)pyrimidin-5- yl)methanol, a white solid (20%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 304 [M+H]+.
[0493] Example 57b/ Hij405
Figure imgf000201_0001
N-((2-morpholinopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(morpholino)pyrimidin-5- yl)methanol, a white solid (15%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 329 [M+H]+.
[0494] Example 58b/ Hij382
Figure imgf000201_0002
N-((2-(piperidin-l-yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 2-(piperidin-l-yl)pyrimidin-5- yl)methanol, a white solid (20%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 327 [M+H]+.
[0495] Example 59b/ WFD108
Figure imgf000201_0003
N-((2-dimethylaminopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2-dimethylaminopyrimidin- 5-yl) carbaldehyde, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 287 [M+H]+.
[0496] Example 60b/ Hij415
Figure imgf000202_0001
N-((2-methyl(ethylcarboxymethyl)aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2- methyl(ethylcarboxymethyl)aminopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl) carbaldehyde, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 373 [M+H]+.
[0497] Example 61b/ Hij414
Figure imgf000202_0002
N-((2-cyclohexylpyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2-cyclohexylpyrimidin-5-yl carbaldehyde, a white solid (15%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 326 [M+H]+.
[0498] Example 62b/ Hij416
Figure imgf000202_0003
N-((2-propylthiopyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2-propylthiopyrimidin-5-yl) carbaldehyde, a white solid (60%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 318 [M+H]+.
[0499] Example 63b/ Hij417
Figure imgf000203_0001
N-((2-ratolylpyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2-mtolylpyrimidin-5-yl) carbaldehyde, a white solid (10%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 334 [M+H]+.
[0500] Example 64b/ Hij406
Figure imgf000203_0002
N-((2,4-dimethoxypyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure C, from adamantan-l-ylamine and N-((2,4-dimethoxypyrimidin-5- yl) carbaldehyde, a white solid (10%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 304 [M+H]+.
[0501] Example 65MMX769
Figure imgf000203_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-cyclopropyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine (Example 86a) and cyclopropylboronic acid, an off -white solid was obtained (46%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 289 [M+H]+.
[0502] Example 66MMX747
Figure imgf000204_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(2'-methylsulfanyl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(4-bromo-benzyl)-amine (Example 41) and [2-(Methylsulfanyl)phenyl]boronic acid, a white solid was obtained (46%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 364 [M+H]+.
[0503] Example 67MMX745
Figure imgf000204_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-[5-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
(Example 54a) and [2-(methyl.sulfanyl)phenyl]boronic acid, a white solid was obtained (56%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 365 [M+H]+.
[0504] Example 68MMX746
Figure imgf000204_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(4-methyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 4-methyl-thiazole-2-carbaldehyde and adamantan-1- ylamine, a white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 263 [M+H]+.
[0505] Example 69MMX744
Figure imgf000205_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[5-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
(Example 54a) and 2-methoxyphenylboromc acid, a white solid was obtained (66%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 349 [M+H]+.
[0506] Example 70MMX747
Figure imgf000205_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(6-chloro-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure A, from 6-Chloro-pyridazine-3-carbaldehyde and adamantan-1- ylamine, an off- white solid (70%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 278 [M+H]+.
[0507] Example 71MMX748
Figure imgf000205_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(6-thiophen-2-yl-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(6-chloro-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl)-amine and 2-thiopheneboronic acid, a yellow solid was obtained (46%>). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 326 [M+H]+.
[0508] Example 72MMX755
Figure imgf000206_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-[5-(2-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
(Example 54a) and 2-chlorophenylboromc acid, an off-white solid was obtained (56%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 353 [M+H]+.
[0509] Example 73MMX756
Figure imgf000206_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-trimethylsilanyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000206_0003
At -78 °C, to adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine 54a (321 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise nBuLi (2.5 M in Hexane, 1.0 mL, 2.5 mmol). After the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 min, TMSCI (130 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min and warmed up to 0 °C over 1 h. The mixture was recooled to -78 0 C and was quenched with NH4C1 (sat'd) (5 ml). After the mixture was wormed to room temperature, it was extracted with DCM (10 mL x3). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was then purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the title product 73b (174 mg, 56%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 315 [M+H]+.
[0510] Example 74b/IMX757
Figure imgf000207_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-dimethylsilanyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on the same procedure of example 73b excepting using chloro-dimethyl-silane instead of chloro-triimethyl-silane. A white solid (51%) was otained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 301 [M+H]+.
[0511] Example 75b/IMX734
Figure imgf000207_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-trimethylsilanyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on the same procedure of example 73b excepting using adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo- thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (Example 81) instead of adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-pyridin-2- ylmethyl)-amine 54a. A white solid (41%) was obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]4
[0512] Example 76b/IMX742
Figure imgf000207_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-[5-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-thiazol-2-ylmethyl]-amine
Based on general procedure G, form adamantan-l-yl-(5-bromo-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
(Example 86a) and [2-(methylsuIfanyl) phenyljboronic acid, an off-white solid was obtained (45%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 371 [M+H]+. [0512] Example 77MMX751
Figure imgf000208_0001
-l-yl-thieno[3,2-d]thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine
Figure imgf000208_0002
3-Amino-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (a) (1.57 g, 10 mmol), KOH (2.8 g, 50 mml) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and water (5 mL). The mixture was heated at 80 °C overnight. The volatile was removed under vacuum and resulting mixture was treated with HC1 (5 M, 10 mL, 50 mmol). Then the mixture was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, and concentrated under reduced pressure after filtration to give a crude product thiophen-3-ylamine b (0.55 g, 56%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 100 [M+H]+. To a mixture of thiophen-3-ylamine b (0.5 g, 5.1 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.77g, 5.6 mmol) in CH3CN (10 mL), bromo-acetyl chloride (0.79 g, 5.1 mml) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then K2CO3 (0.77g, 5.6 mmol) and adamantan-l-ylamine (0.92 g, 6.1 mmol) were added to the above mixture. After the mixture was heated at 85 °C for overnight, the mixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated. The crude residue was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound 2-(adamantan-l-ylamino)-N-thiophen-3-yl-acetamide e (0.75 g, 51%) as a pink solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 291 [M+H]+.
Lawesson's reagent (969.6 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added portions to a solution of 2- (adamantan-l-ylamino)-N-thiophen-3-yl-acetamide e (580 mg, 2.0 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) at 80 °C. The mixture was heated for 2h before the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude residue was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the tile compound 2-(adamantan-l-ylamino)-N-thiophen-3-yl-thioacetamide f (0.53 g, 87%) as a yellow solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 307 [M+H]+.
To a solution of 2-(adamantan-l-ylamino)-N-thiophen-3-yl-thioacetamide f (0.52 g, 1.7 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was added 30% NaOH (1.6 mL, 12 .0 mmol). The mixture was diluted to give 10% NaOH and stirred for 5 min. Portions of this mixture were added at 1 min intervals to a stirred solution of K3[Fe(CN)6] (2.0 g, 6.0 mmol) in H20 (3 mL) at 85 °C. The resulting mixture was further heated at 85 °C for lh. Solvent was removed in vaccuo and the the residue was extracted with DCM (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, concentrated and separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile compound adamantan-l-yl-thieno[3,2-d]thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine 77b/IMX751 (0.26 g, 52%) as a pink solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 305 [M+H]+.
[0513] Example 78b/IMX738
Figure imgf000209_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-ylmethyl)-amine
Based on general procedure C, form adamantan-l-ylamine and 4H-Furo[3,2-b]pyrrole-5- carboxylic acid, an pink solid was obtained (26%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 271 [M+H]+.
[0514] Example 79b/IMX724
Figure imgf000209_0002
Adamantan-l-yl-(6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000210_0001
A solution of (6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-yl)-methanol a (356 mg, 2.0 mmol) in S02C1 (2 mL) was heated at 70 °C for lh. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting 2-chloromethyl- 6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazole b was used directly to the next step without further purification. To a solution of 6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazole b in DMSO (5 mL) was added adamantan-1- ylamine (453 mg, 3 .0 mmol) and TEA (0.5 mL). The solution was stirred for overnight before it was quenched with H20 (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, concentrated and separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile compound adamantan-l-yl-(6- methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine 79b/IMX724 (0.23 g, 37%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 312 [M+H]+.
[0515] Example 80b/IMX725
Figure imgf000210_0002
2-(Adamantan-l-ylaminomethyl)-3H-benzoimidazol-5-ol
At -78 °C, BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM, 0.8 mL, 0.8 mmol ) was added dropwise to a solution of adamantan-l-yl-(6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine 79b/IMX724 (0.15 g, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min and warmed to rt. The mixture was quenched with NaHC03 (sat'd) (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over MgS04, concentrated and separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the tile compound 2-(adamantan-l- ylaminomethyl)-3H-benzoimidazol-5-ol 80b/IMX724 (0.12 g, 86%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 298 [M+H]+. [0516] Example 81MMX722
Figure imgf000211_0001
Adamantan-l-yl-(6-fluoro-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Followed the same procedure of Example 79b/IMX724 except using (6-fluoro-lH- benzoimidazol-2-yl)-methanol to replace (6-methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-yl)-methanol. A white solid (38%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 300 [M+H]+.
[0517] Example 82b/ M2WJ418
Figure imgf000211_0002
N-((3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure E, from amantadine and 2-(chloromethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridine, a yellow solid (87%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 283 [M+H]+.
[0518] Example 83b/IMX715
Figure imgf000211_0003
Adamantan-l-yl-(5-chloro-thieno[3,2-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000211_0004
To a solution of Adamantan-l-yl-thieno[3,2-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine (150 mg, 0.5 mmol) was treated with NBS (90 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C for 2h. The solvent was removed concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the title compound (36 mg, 20%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 338 [M+l]+.
[0519] Example 84b/ M2WJ427
Figure imgf000212_0001
(ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-(((5-phenyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)amino)adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure E, from (ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-aminoadamantan-l-ol and 3- (chloromethyl)-5-phenyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (88%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 326 [M+H]+.
[0520] Example 85b/ M2WJ433
Figure imgf000212_0002
(ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-(((5-isopropylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl)amino)adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure E, from (ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-aminoadamantan-l-ol and 3- (bromomethyl)-5-isopropylisoxazole, a yellow solid (72%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 291 [M+H]+.
[0521] Example 86b/ M2WJ429
Figure imgf000212_0003
(ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-(((5-cyclohexyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl)amino)adamantan-l-ol
Based on general procedure E, from (ls,3r,5R,7S)-3-aminoadamantan-l-ol and 3- (bromomethyl)-5-cyclohexyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole, a yellow solid (75%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 332 [M+H]+.
[0522] Example 87b/ Hij341
Figure imgf000213_0001
2-(adamantan-l-ylamino)-l-(thiophen-2-yl)ethanone
A mixture of adamantan-l-ylamine (2mmol) and bromoacetylthiophen(lmmol) in THF(6mL) was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The voilatiles were removed and the crude mixture was purified by RP-HPLC. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 276 [M+H]+.
[0523] Example 88b/ Hij350
Figure imgf000213_0002
N-((2,4-dimethoxypyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)adamantan-l-amine
Based on general procedure I, from adamantan-l-ylamine and 3-(thiophen-2-yl)prop-2-yn-l-ol, a white solid (20%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 272 [M+H]+.
[0524] Example 89MMX737
Figure imgf000213_0003
(±)-l- [(Thieno [2,3-b] thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino] -adamantan-2-ol Based on general procedure A, from (±)-l-amino-adamantan-2-ol (Armarego, W. L. F. et al. Australian Journal of Chemistry, .1.979, 32, 1 805-17) and thieno[2,3-b]thiophene-2- carbaldehyde, a white solid (30%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]+.
[0525] Example 90b/ M2WJ450
Figure imgf000214_0001
(2R,3as,5S,6as)-N-((5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)octahydro-2,5- methanopentalen-3a-amine
Based on general procedure E, from (2R,3as,5S,6as)-octahydro-2,5-methanopentalen-3a-amine and 3-(bromomethyl)-5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazole, a yellow solid (90%) is obtained. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 341 [M+H]+.
[0526] Example 91b/ M2WJ453
Figure imgf000214_0002
(lS,3R,8S)-N-((5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl)tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undecan-l- amine
Based on general procedure E, from (lS,3R,8S)-tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undecan-l-amine and 3- (bromomethyl)-5-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)isoxazole, a yellow solid (91%) is obtained. Data:
LC/MS (ESR) mlz 369 [M+H]+.
[0527] Example 92b/IMX800
Figure imgf000215_0001
(4-Oxa-tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-yl)-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
Figure imgf000215_0002
Solid mCPBA (551 mg, 2.4 mmol, 77% purity) were added to a solution of ketone a (414 mg, 2 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and was maintained for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with a saturated, aqueous solution of sodium bisulfate (10 mL) and was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography (10/90 to 30/70 EtOAc/hexane) to provide lactone b in (401 mg, 90%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 224 [M+H]+.
InBr3 (700 mg, 2.0 mmol) and Et3SiH (1 mL) were successively added to a solution of lactone 16A (400 mg, 1.79 mmol) in CHC13 (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt, was diluted with H20 (10 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10/90 to 30/70 EtOAc/hexane) to provide ether c (218 mg, 58%). Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 210 [M+H]+.
A 2.0 M solution of oxalyl chloride in DCM (1.0 ml, 2.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of amide c (210 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) and pyridine (0.5 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0 °C for 30 min when 1,2-propanediol (0.5 mL) was added in one portion and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOH (5 mL) and was concentrated. The crude oil was partitioned between 1 M aqueous HC1 (2 mL) and TBME (5 mL) and the layers were separated. The organic phase was extracted with 1.0 M aqueous HC1 solution (2 x 5 mL) and the pH of the combined aqueous layers was adjusted to pH 11 with 4 N aqueous NaOH. The aqueous layer was then extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04), and concentrated to provide the crude amine. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 168 [M+H]+.
Boc-anhydride (654 mg, 3.0 mmol) and TEA (1.0 mL) was added sequentially to a solution of the crude amine in DCM (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was maintained at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with a saturated, aqueous solution of NH4C1 (1 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (10/90 to 30/70 EtOAc/hexane) to provide the pure carbamate d (93.5 mg, 35% yield. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 268 [M+H]+.
The carbamate d (90 mg, 0.34mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) was diluted with a solution of 4 N HC1 in dioxane (1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was maintained at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in water (2 mL). The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) and concentrated to provide 4-Oxa- tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-ylamine e (57.9 mg, 85%) as a hydrochloric acid salt. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 168 [M+H]+.
4-Oxa-tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-ylamine e (50 mg, 0.25 mmol), TEA (0.2 mL) and thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (84 mg mg, 2.0 mmol) were mixed in methanol (1.0 mL) and then treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (188 mg, 3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water, and the product was extracted with butanol (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10% CH30H/CH2C12) to give the title compound (4-Oxa- tricyclo[4.3.1.13,8]undec-l-yl)-thieno[2,3-b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine 92B/IMX800 (34.2 mg, 43%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) m/z 320 [M+H]+.
[0528] Example 93b /IMX797, example 94 MX798, and example 95MMX799
Figure imgf000217_0001
93b/IMX797 94b/IMX798 95b/IMX799
A solution of N-(4-oxoadamantan-l-yl)acetamide A (2.07 g, 10 mmol) in 100 mL of concentrated, aqueous HCl (12N) was heated in a sealed pressure tube at 130 °C for 20 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 5-aminoadamantan-2-one B as an HCl salt (1.45 g, 90%) as an off-white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 166 [M+H]+.
[0529] Example 93b / IMX797,
Figure imgf000217_0002
5- [(Thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino] -adamantan-2-one
5-aminoadamantan-2-one B (240 mg, 2.2 mmol) and thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (114 mg, 2.0 mmol) were mixed in methanol (5 mL) and then treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (376 mg, 6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under a N2 atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water, and the product was extracted with butanol (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated by flash column chromatography (1-10%
CH3OH/CH2CI2) to give the title compound 5-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-adamantan-2-one (201 mg, 38%) as a white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 262 [M+H]+.
[0530] Example 94MMX798
Figure imgf000217_0003
(±)5- [(Thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino] -adamantan-2-ol
Sodium borohydride (112 mg, 3.0mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of ketone 93B (262 mg, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and was maintained at rt for 30 min. The solution was diluted with a saturated, aqueous NH4C1 solution (5 mL) and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography [0/100 to 5/95 MeOH/(50/50 DCM/Hexane)] to give alcohol 94 MX798 (241mg, 92%) white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 264 [M+H]+.
[0531] Example 95MMX799
Figure imgf000218_0001
(±) (4-Fluoro-adamantan-l-yl)-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
A solution containing a mixture of alcohol (132 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride (DAST) (97 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and was maintained for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with a saturated, aqueous NH4C1 solution (2 mL) and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0/100 to 30/70
EtOAc/hexane) to give fluoride (±) (4-Fluoro-adamantan-l-yl)-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine
95 MX799 (111 mg, 84%) as an off-white solid. Data: LC/MS (ESR) mlz 266 [M+l]+.
Bioassay
[0532] In Vitro cRNA Transcription, Heterologous Expression, and
Electrophysiological Recordings. The cDNA encoding to the influenza virus A/Udorn/72 a.m.2 protein was inserted into pGEMHJ (a gift from N.Dascal Tel- Aviv University, Israel) for expression on Xenopus oocytes. Plasmid was linearized with Hindlll, and capped cRNA was transcribed in Vitro using T7 RNA polymerase (mMessage mMachine; Ambion, Austin, TX). The quality of transcripts was assessed by agarose gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining and analytical UV spectroscopy. Stage V-VI Xenopus laevis oocytes were prepared as described previously (see Shimbo, K.; Brassard, D. L.; Lamb, R. A.; Pinto, L. H. Biophys. J. 1996, 70, 1335-1346). Oocytes were injected with 5-10 ng of cRNA in 50 nL/oocyte and assayed 2-3 days later. Two electrode voltage clamp recordings were carried out using TEV-200 (Dagan, Minneapolis, MN) connected to DIGIDATA 1440 A and pCLAMPIO (Axon Instruments, Foster City, CA). Oocytes were superfused with Barth's solution containing 88 mM NaCl, 1 mM KCl, 2.4 mM NaHC03, 0.3 mM NaN03, 0.71 mM CaCl2, 0.82 mM MgCl2, and 15 mM HEPES for pH 8.5 or 15 mM MES for pH 5.5. Currents were recorded at -20 mV. Dose- inhibition curves were usually constructed by applying 1-3 concentrations per oocyte of antagonist mixed in recording pH 5.5 Barth's solution, and currents were normalized to the steady-state current obtained with pH 5.5 Barth's solution alone. Data were analyzed using the ORIGIN 8.0 software (OriginLab, Northampton, MA).
[0533] In Vitro cRNA Transcription, Heterologous Expression, and
Electrophysiological Recordings. The cDNA encoding to the influenza virus A/Udorn/72 a.m.2 protein was inserted into pGEMHJ (a gift from N.Dascal Tel- Aviv University, Israel) for expression on Xenopus oocytes. Plasmid was linearized with Hindlll, and capped cRNA was transcribed in Vitro using T7 RNA polymerase (mMessage mMachine; Ambion, Austin, TX). The quality of transcripts was assessed by agarose gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining and analytical UV spectroscopy. Stage V-VI Xenopus laevis oocytes were prepared as described previously (see Shimbo, K.; Brassard, D. L.; Lamb, R. A.; Pinto, L. H. Biophys. J. 1996, 70, 1335-1346). Oocytes were injected with 5-10 ng of cRNA in 50 nL/oocyte and assayed 2-3 days later. Two electrode voltage clamp recordings were carried out using TEV-200 (Dagan, Minneapolis, MN) connected to DIGIDATA 1440 A and pCLAMPIO (Axon
Instruments, Foster City, CA). Oocytes were superfused with Barth's solution containing 88 mM NaCl, 1 mM KCl, 2.4 mM NaHC03, 0.3 mM NaN03, 0.71 mM CaC12, 0.82 mM MgC12, and 15 mM HEPES for pH 8.5 or 15 mM MES for pH 5.5. Currents were recorded at -20 mV. Dose- inhibition curves were usually constructed by applying 1-3 concentrations per oocyte of antagonist mixed in recording pH 5.5 Barth's solution, and currents were normalized to the steady-state current obtained with pH 5.5 Barth's solution alone. Data were analyzed using the ORIGIN 8.0 software (OriginLab, Northampton, MA).
[0534] Representative compounds of the present disclosure were tested for activity using the above protocol with results summarized in Tables 1-3, below. In the tables, S31 refers to AM2 virus that possesses the wild-type serine residue at the 31 position in the M2 protein, S3 IN refers to AM2 virus that possesses the serine→ asparagine mutation at residue 31 in the M2 protein, and V27A refers to AM2 virus that possesses the valine→ alanine mutation at residue 27 in the M2 protein. Activity range: (A) = 31-95%, (B) = 0-30%. ND: not determined. TABLE 1
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
224
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001

Figure imgf000240_0001
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000240_0003
Figure imgf000240_0002
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
IJ77
Figure imgf000279_0001

Figure imgf000280_0001
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000282_0002
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
IJ83
Figure imgf000285_0001
IJ84
Figure imgf000286_0001
Figure imgf000287_0001
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000287_0002
Figure imgf000288_0001
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000292_0001
Figure imgf000293_0001
Figure imgf000294_0001
Figure imgf000295_0001
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000297_0001
Figure imgf000298_0001
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
Figure imgf000301_0001
Figure imgf000302_0001
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0001
Figure imgf000305_0001

Claims

What is Claimed:
1. A compound according to formula (la):
Figure imgf000306_0001
A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position
Figure imgf000306_0002
L is nitrogen;
Ri is NH, NH2, alkyl, or, if A is a bond, is absent;
dashed lines b and b' may independently represent a double bond;
R2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
R3 is -(X)(Y);
R4 is -(R5)(R6), halo, or is absent;
R5 is nitrogen or oxygen;
R6 is hydrogen or -(R7)(R8)
R7 is alkylene, -CH(R7a)-, -(CH2)o-6CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R5 and Rg; R7a is alkyl;
R8 is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
R9 is -(Rio)(Ri i) or is absent;
Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF3, or alkylene;
R11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent;
R12 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl;
D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
Q is alkyl, -C(=0)0(CH2)i_3CH3, or -(CH2)0_3OH;
Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
Z2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Zi and Z8;
Z3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z8 and Z9;
Z4, Z5, and Z6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
Z7 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S;
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
with the proviso that
(i) if A is a bond and R2 is H or absent, except if X is alkynyl, then:
Y is not unsubstituted phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, pyrrolyl, or benzodioxolyl;
if Y is mono-substituted furanyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro;
if Y is mono-substituted phenyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, hydroxyl, methanolyl, alkoxy, unsubstittued phenyl, methoxybenzloxy, acetylamino, nitro, bromo, chloro, or fluoro
if Y is mono-substituted thiopheneyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl, ethyl, chloro, or bromo;
if Y is mono-substituted oxadiazolyl, then the substituent on Y is not
methoxyphenyl;
if Y is mono-substituted thiazolyl, then the substituent on Y is not methyl; if Y is mono-substituted naphthyl, then the substituent on Y is not 1 -hydroxyl; and,
if Y is di-substituted phenyl, then the substituents on Y may not both be alkoxy, and,
(ii) if A is Ci alkyl, Ri is NH, and Y is mono-substituted phenyl, then the substituent is not hydroxyl.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Y is a carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from alkoxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, aryl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, alkylsilanyl, alkylsulfanyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, and hydroxyalkyl.
3. The compound according to claim 2 wherein Y is substituted with aryl, aryloxy, or aralkoxy in which the aryl moiety thereof is optionally substituted phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, furanyl, thiopheneyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, naphthyl. isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Y is an unsubstituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
5. The compound according to claim 4 wherein Y is
a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring;
a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring;
a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five -membered heterocyclic ring;
a six membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-membered carbocyclic ring;
a six-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-membered heterocyclic ring;
a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings; a pair of ortho-fused five-membered carbocyclic rings; or,
a single three- to seven-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring.
6. The compound according to claim 5 wherein Y is
a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring;
a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring;
an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene, pyrrole, furan, imidazole, thiazole, or oxazole ring,
an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated furan ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring;
an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated pyrrole ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiazole or oxazole ring; or,
a phenyl ring that is ortho-fused to an unsaturated, partly-saturated, or fully-saturated thiophene, pyridine, imidazole, or furan ring.
7. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Y is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
8. The compound according to claim 7 wherein Y is
a single three- to seven-membered heterocyclic ring;
a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated six-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring;
a single unsaturated, partially saturated, or fully saturated five-membered carbo- or heterocyclic ring;
a pair of ortho-fused five-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted;
a pair of ortho-fused six-membered heterocyclic rings, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; a six-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted;
a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a five-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted;
a five-membered heterocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered carbocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted; or,
a five-membered carbocyclic ring that is ortho-fused with a six-membered heterocyclic ring, wherein at least one of said rings is substituted.
9. The compound according to claim 8 wherein said substitutions are independently selected from oxo, hydroxyl, halo, nitro, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, di-alkylamino, alkoxycarbonylalkyl(alkyl)amino, alkylsulfanyl,
alkylsulfanylalkyl, trif uoromethylsulfanyl, cyano, amino, aralkyl, and aryl.
10. The compound according to claim 9 wherein Y is substituted with aryl or cycloalkyl, and the aryl or cycloalkyl is isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, piperidinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thiopheneyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
11. The compound according to claim 8 wherein Y is a single 5- or 6-membered ring that includes one or more heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with one or more of halo, thiopheneyl, alkylthiopheneyl, alkoxythiopheneyl, imidazolyl, imidazolyl substituted with one or both of methyl and
trifluoromethyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl, alkylfuranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, morpholinomethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylsulfanyl,
alkylsulfanylalkyl, alkylsilanyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, di-alkylamino,
alkoxycarbonylalkyl(alkyl)amino, nitro, alkoxyphenyl, alkylsulfanylphenyl, halophenyl, trifluoromethyl, trif uoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiazolyl substituted with one or both of methyl and trifluoromethyl, isoxazolyl optionally substituted with methyl, isoxazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperadinyl pyrazinyl, or pyrrolyl.
12. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R9 is -(R10)(Rn).
13. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R4 is -(R5)(R6)
14. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and R2 is -(D)(E).
15. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Z7 is alkylene that is substituted with alkyl, hydroxyl, or halo.
16. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and Z7 is alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is replaced with N, O, or S.
17. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkylene or -CH(Q)-, and one or more of Z2-Z7 is N, O, or S.
18. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is a bond, Ri is absent, X is alkenylene or alkynylene, and Y is optionally substituted aryl.
19. The compound according to claim 1 wherein said compound is
Figure imgf000312_0001
Figure imgf000313_0001
312
Figure imgf000314_0001
Figure imgf000315_0001
Figure imgf000316_0001
Figure imgf000317_0001
316
Figure imgf000318_0001
317
Figure imgf000319_0001
Figure imgf000320_0001
319
Figure imgf000321_0001
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A compound according to formula (lb)
Figure imgf000322_0001
Ri is hydrogen; and,
Figure imgf000322_0002
R3 is alkyl; and,
R4 is a substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system,
or,
Ri together with R2 and the atom to which they are both attached form an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system,
or a stereoisomer, partial stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid hydrate, or N-oxide thereof.
21. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R4 is a substituted monocyclic ring.
22. The compound according to claim 21 wherein R4 is a five- or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring bearing one or more substituents independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkylsulfanyl, and aryl.
23. The compound according to claim 22 wherein R4 is a five-membered heterocyclic ring bearing one or more aryl substituents.
Figure imgf000322_0003
Figure imgf000323_0001
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
25. A method for treating an influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising a compound of formula (la'):
Figure imgf000323_0002
wherein
A is Ci_3 alkylene or a bond between L and the atom at position Zi;
L is nitrogen;
Ri is NH, NH2, alkyl, or, if A is a bond, is absent;
dashed lines b and b' may independently represent a double bond;
R2 is H, alkyl, -(D)(E), or is absent;
R3 is -(X)(Y);
R4 is -(R5)(R6), halo, or is absent; R5 is nitrogen or oxygen;
Re is hydrogen or -(R7)(R8)
R7 is alkylene, -CH(R7a)-, -(CH2)o-6CH(OH)-, or represents a bond between R5 and Rg; R7a is alkyl;
Rg is optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
R9 is -(Rio)(Rii) or is absent;
Rio is oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, -CF3, or alkylene;
R11 is hydrogen, halo, or is absent;
Ri2 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, oxo, or hydroxyl;
D is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
E is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
X is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, -CH(Q)-, carbonyl, or a bond;
Q is alkyl, -C(=0)0(CH2)!_3CH3, -(CH2) 0_3OH, or -C(=0)-;
Y is an optionally substituted mono-, di-, or tricyclic ring system that optionally includes one or more heteroatoms;
Z2 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z1 and Z8;
Z3 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S, or represents a bond between Z8 and Z9;
Z4, Z5, and Z6 are independently alkylene, N, O, or S;
Z7 is optionally substituted alkylene of which one or more carbon atoms is optionally replaced with N, O, or S;
or a stereoisomer, isotopically substituted analogue, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
26. The method according to claim 25 wherein said influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprises influenza (flu).
27. The method according to claim 25 wherein said influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprises one or more of pneumonia, bronchitis, sinus infection, and ear infection.
28. The method according to claim 25 wherein said composition additionally comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
29. The method according to claim 25 wherein said influenza A virus is a wild-type virus.
30. The method according to claim 25 wherein said influenza A virus is a mutant.
31. A composition comprising a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically substituted analogue, or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
32. The composition according to claim 31 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates an influenza virus.
33. A method for treating an influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising a compound according to claim 20.
34. The method according to claim 33 wherein said influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprises influenza (flu).
35. The method according to claim 33 wherein said influenza A virus-affected disease state or infection comprises one or more of pneumonia, bronchitis, sinus infection, and ear infection.
36. The method according to claim 33 wherein said composition additionally comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
37. The method according to claim 33 wherein said influenza A virus is a wild-type virus.
The method according to claim 33 wherein said influenza A virus is a mutant.
39. A composition comprising a compound according to claim 20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isotopically substituted analogue, or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
40. The composition according to claim 39 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a further agent that modulates an influenza virus.
PCT/US2012/068163 2011-12-06 2012-12-06 Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza a WO2013086131A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/363,116 US9884832B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2012-12-06 Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza A

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161567328P 2011-12-06 2011-12-06
US61/567,328 2011-12-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013086131A1 true WO2013086131A1 (en) 2013-06-13

Family

ID=48574862

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/068163 WO2013086131A1 (en) 2011-12-06 2012-12-06 Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza a

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013086131A1 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104844532A (en) * 2014-02-19 2015-08-19 周敬业 Antiviral compounds, and preparation method and use thereof
US9206182B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2015-12-08 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US9527847B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2016-12-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US9732080B2 (en) 2006-11-03 2017-08-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindole derivatives as CFTR modulators
US9822131B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-11-21 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
USRE46621E1 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
CN107556244A (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-09 上海迪诺医药科技有限公司 And cycle compound, its pharmaceutical composition and application
US9884832B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2018-02-06 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza A
US10071979B2 (en) 2010-04-22 2018-09-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-indole compounds
US10081621B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2018-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of (R)-1(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
CN108794379A (en) * 2017-04-26 2018-11-13 华东师范大学 1H- indole-2-carboxamide derivatives and its preparation method and application
US10206877B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2019-02-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator mediated diseases
WO2019140254A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multicyclic compounds and use of same for treating tuberculosis
CN111032619A (en) * 2017-08-02 2020-04-17 国立大学法人东北大学 Adamantylmethylamine derivatives and their use as medicaments
WO2021085550A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 ユニマテック株式会社 Fluorinated pyrimidine compound and method for manufacturing same
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11261201B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-03-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College TRNA synthetase inhibitors

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100069420A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2010-03-18 Degrado William F Spiro-piperidine inhibitors
US20110065766A1 (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Jizhou Wang Methods of use of antiviral compounds

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100069420A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2010-03-18 Degrado William F Spiro-piperidine inhibitors
US20110065766A1 (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Jizhou Wang Methods of use of antiviral compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DU ET AL.: "Designing Inhibitors of M2 Proton Channel against H1N1 Swine Influenza Virus", PLOS ONE, vol. 5, no. 2, 1 July 2010 (2010-07-01) *

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9732080B2 (en) 2006-11-03 2017-08-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindole derivatives as CFTR modulators
US9216982B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-12-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US11433065B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2022-09-06 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9655892B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-05-23 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9822131B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-11-21 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9206182B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2015-12-08 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US9522146B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2016-12-20 Intellikine Llc Substituted Isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US10081621B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2018-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of (R)-1(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
US10071979B2 (en) 2010-04-22 2018-09-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-indole compounds
US10550122B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2020-02-04 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one and methods of use thereof
US9840505B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H)-one and methods of use thereof
USRE46621E1 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US11312718B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2022-04-26 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one
US9884832B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2018-02-06 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza A
US9527847B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2016-12-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
CN104844532A (en) * 2014-02-19 2015-08-19 周敬业 Antiviral compounds, and preparation method and use thereof
US10206877B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2019-02-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator mediated diseases
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
CN107556244B (en) * 2016-07-01 2021-09-03 上海迪诺医药科技有限公司 Fused ring compound, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
CN107556244A (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-09 上海迪诺医药科技有限公司 And cycle compound, its pharmaceutical composition and application
CN108794379A (en) * 2017-04-26 2018-11-13 华东师范大学 1H- indole-2-carboxamide derivatives and its preparation method and application
US11608313B2 (en) 2017-08-02 2023-03-21 Tohoku University Adamantylmethylamine derivative and use thereof as pharmaceutical
CN111032619A (en) * 2017-08-02 2020-04-17 国立大学法人东北大学 Adamantylmethylamine derivatives and their use as medicaments
WO2019140254A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multicyclic compounds and use of same for treating tuberculosis
US11261201B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-03-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College TRNA synthetase inhibitors
WO2021085550A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 ユニマテック株式会社 Fluorinated pyrimidine compound and method for manufacturing same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013086131A1 (en) Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza a
CA2917267C (en) Cyanotriazole compounds
CN101370796B (en) Thiazoles as 11 beta-HSD1 inhibitors
CA3014572C (en) Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
JP5412429B2 (en) Antibacterial amide and sulfonamide substituted heterocyclic urea compounds
US7365068B2 (en) Substituted aryl acylthioureas and related compounds; inhibitors of viral replication
AU2011316199B2 (en) Pyrrolidinones as MetAP2 inhibitors
AU2004309279B2 (en) Thiazole derivative
CA2998741A1 (en) Hepatitis b core protein modulators
KR20080019213A (en) Thiazole compounds and methods of use
US20170342074A1 (en) Optionally fused heterocyclyl-substituted derivatives of pyrimidine useful for the treatment of inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases
CA2787018A1 (en) Inhibitors of histone deacetylase (hdac) enzymes
CA3131930A1 (en) Thiazole derivatives as protein secretion inhibitors
CN106928206A (en) Aldehyde radical class compound and its preparation method and purposes
KR20050111306A (en) Substituted aryl thioureas and related compounds; inhibitors of viral replication
KR100909953B1 (en) Triazole derivatives having antifungal activity, method for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition containing same
WO2012145471A1 (en) Insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor inhibitors
US9884832B2 (en) Inhibitors targeting drug-resistant influenza A
JP2011502998A (en) Treatment and prevention of viral infection
CA3099605A1 (en) Dihydropyrimidine derivatives and uses thereof in the treatment of hbv infection or of hbv-induced diseases
EP4129402A1 (en) Hydroxypyrrolidine derivative and medicinal application thereof
US20230107941A1 (en) Hepatitis b capsid assembly modulators
WO2022266368A1 (en) Protease inhibitors and methods of use
CA3157595A1 (en) Thienopyrimidine derivatives as lpa receptor 2 inhibitors
WO2022226203A1 (en) Protease inhibitors and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12856075

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14363116

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12856075

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1